xref: /external/clang/lib/Sema/SemaExpr.cpp

//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
//
//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
//
// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
//
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
//
//  This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
//
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

#include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
#include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
#include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
#include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h"
#include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
#include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
#include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h"
#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
#include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
#include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
#include "clang/Sema/Designator.h"
#include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
#include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
#include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
#include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
using namespace clang;
using namespace sema;


/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
///
/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
/// function is being used.
///
/// If IgnoreDeprecated is set to true, this should not warn about deprecated
/// decls.
///
/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
/// referenced), false otherwise.
///
bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
                             const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass) {
  if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
    // If there were any diagnostics suppressed by template argument deduction,
    // emit them now.
    llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, llvm::SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> >::iterator
      Pos = SuppressedDiagnostics.find(D->getCanonicalDecl());
    if (Pos != SuppressedDiagnostics.end()) {
      llvm::SmallVectorImpl<PartialDiagnosticAt> &Suppressed = Pos->second;
      for (unsigned I = 0, N = Suppressed.size(); I != N; ++I)
        Diag(Suppressed[I].first, Suppressed[I].second);

      // Clear out the list of suppressed diagnostics, so that we don't emit
      // them again for this specialization. However, we don't obsolete this
      // entry from the table, because we want to avoid ever emitting these
      // diagnostics again.
      Suppressed.clear();
    }
  }

  // See if this is an auto-typed variable whose initializer we are parsing.
  if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
    Diag(Loc, diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
      << D->getDeclName();
    return true;
  }

  // See if this is a deleted function.
  if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
    if (FD->isDeleted()) {
      Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
      Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 1 << true;
      return true;
    }
  }

  // See if this declaration is unavailable or deprecated.
  std::string Message;
  switch (D->getAvailability(&Message)) {
  case AR_Available:
  case AR_NotYetIntroduced:
    break;

  case AR_Deprecated:
    EmitDeprecationWarning(D, Message, Loc, UnknownObjCClass);
    break;

  case AR_Unavailable:
    if (cast<Decl>(CurContext)->getAvailability() != AR_Unavailable) {
      if (Message.empty()) {
        if (!UnknownObjCClass)
          Diag(Loc, diag::err_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
        else
          Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable_fwdclass_message)
               << D->getDeclName();
      }
      else
        Diag(Loc, diag::err_unavailable_message)
          << D->getDeclName() << Message;
      Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here)
        << isa<FunctionDecl>(D) << false;
    }
    break;
  }

  // Warn if this is used but marked unused.
  if (D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
    Diag(Loc, diag::warn_used_but_marked_unused) << D->getDeclName();

  return false;
}

/// \brief Retrieve the message suffix that should be added to a
/// diagnostic complaining about the given function being deleted or
/// unavailable.
std::string Sema::getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
  // FIXME: C++0x implicitly-deleted special member functions could be
  // detected here so that we could improve diagnostics to say, e.g.,
  // "base class 'A' had a deleted copy constructor".
  if (FD->isDeleted())
    return std::string();

  std::string Message;
  if (FD->getAvailability(&Message))
    return ": " + Message;

  return std::string();
}

/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
///
void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
                                 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs) {
  const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
  if (!attr)
    return;

  // FIXME: In C++0x, if any of the arguments are parameter pack
  // expansions, we can't check for the sentinel now.
  int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
  int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();

  // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
  // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
  unsigned int i = 0;
  bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
  int isMethod = 0;
  if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
    // skip over named parameters.
    ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
    for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
      if (nullPos)
        --nullPos;
      else
        ++i;
    }
    warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
    isMethod = 1;
  } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
    // skip over named parameters.
    ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
    for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
      if (nullPos)
        --nullPos;
      else
        ++i;
    }
    warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
  } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
    // block or function pointer call.
    QualType Ty = V->getType();
    if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
      const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
      ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>()
      : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
      if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
        unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
        unsigned k;
        for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
          if (nullPos)
            --nullPos;
          else
            ++i;
        }
        warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
      }
      if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
        isMethod = 2;
    } else
      return;
  } else
    return;

  if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
    Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
    Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
    return;
  }
  int sentinel = i;
  while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
    --sentinelPos;
    ++i;
  }
  if (sentinelPos > 0) {
    Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
    Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
    return;
  }
  while (i < NumArgs-1) {
    ++i;
    ++sentinel;
  }
  Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
  if (!sentinelExpr) return;
  if (sentinelExpr->isTypeDependent()) return;
  if (sentinelExpr->isValueDependent()) return;

  // nullptr_t is always treated as null.
  if (sentinelExpr->getType()->isNullPtrType()) return;

  if (sentinelExpr->getType()->isAnyPointerType() &&
      sentinelExpr->IgnoreParenCasts()->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
                                            Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))
    return;

  // Unfortunately, __null has type 'int'.
  if (isa<GNUNullExpr>(sentinelExpr)) return;

  Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
  Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
}

SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
  Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
  return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
}

//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
//  Standard Promotions and Conversions
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
ExprResult Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E) {
  QualType Ty = E->getType();
  assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");

  if (Ty->isFunctionType())
    E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty),
                          CK_FunctionToPointerDecay).take();
  else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
    // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
    // an lvalue.  The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
    // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
    // to type'...".  In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
    // that has type 'array of type' ...".  The relevant change is "an lvalue"
    // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
    //
    // C++ 4.2p1:
    // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
    // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
    //
    if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || E->isLValue())
      E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
                            CK_ArrayToPointerDecay).take();
  }
  return Owned(E);
}

static void CheckForNullPointerDereference(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
  // Check to see if we are dereferencing a null pointer.  If so,
  // and if not volatile-qualified, this is undefined behavior that the
  // optimizer will delete, so warn about it.  People sometimes try to use this
  // to get a deterministic trap and are surprised by clang's behavior.  This
  // only handles the pattern "*null", which is a very syntactic check.
  if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E->IgnoreParenCasts()))
    if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref &&
        UO->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParenCasts()->
          isNullPointerConstant(S.Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull) &&
        !UO->getType().isVolatileQualified()) {
    S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO,
                          S.PDiag(diag::warn_indirection_through_null)
                            << UO->getSubExpr()->getSourceRange());
    S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO,
                        S.PDiag(diag::note_indirection_through_null));
  }
}

ExprResult Sema::DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E) {
  // C++ [conv.lval]p1:
  //   A glvalue of a non-function, non-array type T can be
  //   converted to a prvalue.
  if (!E->isGLValue()) return Owned(E);

  QualType T = E->getType();
  assert(!T.isNull() && "r-value conversion on typeless expression?");

  // Create a load out of an ObjCProperty l-value, if necessary.
  if (E->getObjectKind() == OK_ObjCProperty) {
    ExprResult Res = ConvertPropertyForRValue(E);
    if (Res.isInvalid())
      return Owned(E);
    E = Res.take();
    if (!E->isGLValue())
      return Owned(E);
  }

  // We don't want to throw lvalue-to-rvalue casts on top of
  // expressions of certain types in C++.
  if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
      (E->getType() == Context.OverloadTy ||
       T->isDependentType() ||
       T->isRecordType()))
    return Owned(E);

  // The C standard is actually really unclear on this point, and
  // DR106 tells us what the result should be but not why.  It's
  // generally best to say that void types just doesn't undergo
  // lvalue-to-rvalue at all.  Note that expressions of unqualified
  // 'void' type are never l-values, but qualified void can be.
  if (T->isVoidType())
    return Owned(E);

  CheckForNullPointerDereference(*this, E);

  // C++ [conv.lval]p1:
  //   [...] If T is a non-class type, the type of the prvalue is the
  //   cv-unqualified version of T. Otherwise, the type of the
  //   rvalue is T.
  //
  // C99 6.3.2.1p2:
  //   If the lvalue has qualified type, the value has the unqualified
  //   version of the type of the lvalue; otherwise, the value has the
  //   type of the lvalue.
  if (T.hasQualifiers())
    T = T.getUnqualifiedType();

  CheckArrayAccess(E);

  return Owned(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, T, CK_LValueToRValue,
                                        E, 0, VK_RValue));
}

ExprResult Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E) {
  ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E);
  if (Res.isInvalid())
    return ExprError();
  Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(Res.take());
  if (Res.isInvalid())
    return ExprError();
  return move(Res);
}


/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
/// sometimes suppressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
ExprResult Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E) {
  // First, convert to an r-value.
  ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
  if (Res.isInvalid())
    return Owned(E);
  E = Res.take();

  QualType Ty = E->getType();
  assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");

  // Try to perform integral promotions if the object has a theoretically
  // promotable type.
  if (Ty->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) {
    // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
    //
    //   The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
    //   unsigned int may be used:
    //     - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
    //       conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
    //       and unsigned int.
    //     - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
    //
    //   If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
    //   value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
    //   unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
    //   other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.

    QualType PTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(E);
    if (!PTy.isNull()) {
      E = ImpCastExprToType(E, PTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
      return Owned(E);
    }
    if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
      QualType PT = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(Ty);
      E = ImpCastExprToType(E, PT, CK_IntegralCast).take();
      return Owned(E);
    }
  }
  return Owned(E);
}

/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
ExprResult Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E) {
  QualType Ty = E->getType();
  assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");

  ExprResult Res = UsualUnaryConversions(E);
  if (Res.isInvalid())
    return Owned(E);
  E = Res.take();

  // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
  if (Ty->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float))
    E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.DoubleTy, CK_FloatingCast).take();

  return Owned(E);
}

/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
/// interfaces passed by value.
ExprResult Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT,
                                                  FunctionDecl *FDecl) {
  ExprResult ExprRes = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
  if (ExprRes.isInvalid())
    return ExprError();

  ExprRes = DefaultArgumentPromotion(E);
  if (ExprRes.isInvalid())
    return ExprError();
  E = ExprRes.take();

  // __builtin_va_start takes the second argument as a "varargs" argument, but
  // it doesn't actually do anything with it.  It doesn't need to be non-pod
  // etc.
  if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID() == Builtin::BI__builtin_va_start)
    return Owned(E);

  // Don't allow one to pass an Objective-C interface to a vararg.
  if (E->getType()->isObjCObjectType() &&
    DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getLocStart(), 0,
                        PDiag(diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
                          << E->getType() << CT))
    return ExprError();

  if (!E->getType().isPODType(Context)) {
    // C++0x [expr.call]p7:
    //   Passing a potentially-evaluated argument of class type (Clause 9)
    //   having a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial move constructor,
    //   or a non-trivial destructor, with no corresponding parameter,
    //   is conditionally-supported with implementation-defined semantics.
    bool TrivialEnough = false;
    if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x && !E->getType()->isDependentType())  {
      if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = E->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
        if (Record->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() &&
            Record->hasTrivialMoveConstructor() &&
            Record->hasTrivialDestructor())
          TrivialEnough = true;
      }
    }

    if (!TrivialEnough &&
        getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
        E->getType()->isObjCLifetimeType())
      TrivialEnough = true;

    if (TrivialEnough) {
      // Nothing to diagnose. This is okay.
    } else if (DiagRuntimeBehavior(E->getLocStart(), 0,
                          PDiag(diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
                            << getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x << E->getType()
                            << CT)) {
      // Turn this into a trap.
      CXXScopeSpec SS;
      UnqualifiedId Name;
      Name.setIdentifier(PP.getIdentifierInfo("__builtin_trap"),
                         E->getLocStart());
      ExprResult TrapFn = ActOnIdExpression(TUScope, SS, Name, true, false);
      if (TrapFn.isInvalid())
        return ExprError();

      ExprResult Call = ActOnCallExpr(TUScope, TrapFn.get(), E->getLocStart(),
                                      MultiExprArg(), E->getLocEnd());
      if (Call.isInvalid())
        return ExprError();

      ExprResult Comma = ActOnBinOp(TUScope, E->getLocStart(), tok::comma,
                                    Call.get(), E);
      if (Comma.isInvalid())
        return ExprError();

      E = Comma.get();
    }
  }

  return Owned(E);
}

/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
/// GCC.
QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &lhsExpr, ExprResult &rhsExpr,
                                          bool isCompAssign) {
  if (!isCompAssign) {
    lhsExpr = UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr.take());
    if (lhsExpr.isInvalid())
      return QualType();
  }

  rhsExpr = UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr.take());
  if (rhsExpr.isInvalid())
    return QualType();

  // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
  // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
  QualType lhs =
    Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
  QualType rhs =
    Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();

  // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
  if (lhs == rhs)
    return lhs;

  // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
  // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
  if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
    return lhs;

  // Apply unary and bitfield promotions to the LHS's type.
  QualType lhs_unpromoted = lhs;
  if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
    lhs = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(lhs);
  QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr.get());
  if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
    lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
  if (lhs != lhs_unpromoted && !isCompAssign)
    lhsExpr = ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr.take(), lhs, CK_IntegralCast);

  // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
  if (lhs == rhs)
    return lhs;

  // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.

  // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
  bool LHSComplexFloat = lhs->isComplexType();
  bool RHSComplexFloat = rhs->isComplexType();
  if (LHSComplexFloat || RHSComplexFloat) {
    // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.

    if (!RHSComplexFloat && !rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
      if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
        QualType fp = cast<ComplexType>(lhs)->getElementType();
        rhsExpr = ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr.take(), fp, CK_IntegralToFloating);
        rhsExpr = ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr.take(), lhs, CK_FloatingRealToComplex);
      } else {
        assert(rhs->isComplexIntegerType());
        rhsExpr = ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr.take(), lhs, CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex);
      }
      return lhs;
    }

    if (!LHSComplexFloat && !lhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
      if (!isCompAssign) {
        // int -> float -> _Complex float
        if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
          QualType fp = cast<ComplexType>(rhs)->getElementType();
          lhsExpr = ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr.take(), fp, CK_IntegralToFloating);
          lhsExpr = ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr.take(), rhs, CK_FloatingRealToComplex);
        } else {
          assert(lhs->isComplexIntegerType());
          lhsExpr = ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr.take(), rhs, CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex);
        }
      }
      return rhs;
    }

    // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
    // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
    // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
    // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
    // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
    // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
    // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
    // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
    // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
    // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
    int order = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);

    // If both are complex, just cast to the more precise type.
    if (LHSComplexFloat && RHSComplexFloat) {
      if (order > 0) {
        // _Complex float -> _Complex double
        rhsExpr = ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr.take(), lhs, CK_FloatingComplexCast);
        return lhs;

      } else if (order < 0) {
        // _Complex float -> _Complex double
        if (!isCompAssign)
          lhsExpr = ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr.take(), rhs, CK_FloatingComplexCast);
        return rhs;
      }
      return lhs;
    }

    // If just the LHS is complex, the RHS needs to be converted,
    // and the LHS might need to be promoted.
    if (LHSComplexFloat) {
      if (order > 0) { // LHS is wider
        // float -> _Complex double
        QualType fp = cast<ComplexType>(lhs)->getElementType();
        rhsExpr = ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr.take(), fp, CK_FloatingCast);
        rhsExpr = ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr.take(), lhs, CK_FloatingRealToComplex);
        return lhs;
      }

      // RHS is at least as wide.  Find its corresponding complex type.
      QualType result = (order == 0 ? lhs : Context.getComplexType(rhs));

      // double -> _Complex double
      rhsExpr = ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr.take(), result, CK_FloatingRealToComplex);

      // _Complex float -> _Complex double
      if (!isCompAssign && order < 0)
        lhsExpr = ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr.take(), result, CK_FloatingComplexCast);

      return result;
    }

    // Just the RHS is complex, so the LHS needs to be converted
    // and the RHS might need to be promoted.
    assert(RHSComplexFloat);

    if (order < 0) { // RHS is wider
      // float -> _Complex double
      if (!isCompAssign) {
        QualType fp = cast<ComplexType>(rhs)->getElementType();
        lhsExpr = ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr.take(), fp, CK_FloatingCast);
        lhsExpr = ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr.take(), rhs, CK_FloatingRealToComplex);
      }
      return rhs;
    }

    // LHS is at least as wide.  Find its corresponding complex type.
    QualType result = (order == 0 ? rhs : Context.getComplexType(lhs));

    // double -> _Complex double
    if (!isCompAssign)
      lhsExpr = ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr.take(), result, CK_FloatingRealToComplex);

    // _Complex float -> _Complex double
    if (order > 0)
      rhsExpr = ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr.take(), result, CK_FloatingComplexCast);

    return result;
  }

  // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
  bool LHSFloat = lhs->isRealFloatingType();
  bool RHSFloat = rhs->isRealFloatingType();
  if (LHSFloat || RHSFloat) {
    // If we have two real floating types, convert the smaller operand
    // to the bigger result.
    if (LHSFloat && RHSFloat) {
      int order = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
      if (order > 0) {
        rhsExpr = ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr.take(), lhs, CK_FloatingCast);
        return lhs;
      }

      assert(order < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
      if (!isCompAssign)
        lhsExpr = ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr.take(), rhs, CK_FloatingCast);
      return rhs;
    }

    // If we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
    if (LHSFloat) {
      if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
        // Convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
        rhsExpr = ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr.take(), lhs, CK_IntegralToFloating);
        return lhs;
      }

      // Convert both sides to the appropriate complex float.
      assert(rhs->isComplexIntegerType());
      QualType result = Context.getComplexType(lhs);

      // _Complex int -> _Complex float
      rhsExpr = ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr.take(), result, CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex);

      // float -> _Complex float
      if (!isCompAssign)
        lhsExpr = ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr.take(), result, CK_FloatingRealToComplex);

      return result;
    }

    assert(RHSFloat);
    if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
      // Convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
      if (!isCompAssign)
        lhsExpr = ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr.take(), rhs, CK_IntegralToFloating);
      return rhs;
    }

    // Convert both sides to the appropriate complex float.
    assert(lhs->isComplexIntegerType());
    QualType result = Context.getComplexType(rhs);

    // _Complex int -> _Complex float
    if (!isCompAssign)
      lhsExpr = ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr.take(), result, CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex);

    // float -> _Complex float
    rhsExpr = ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr.take(), result, CK_FloatingRealToComplex);

    return result;
  }

  // Handle GCC complex int extension.
  // FIXME: if the operands are (int, _Complex long), we currently
  // don't promote the complex.  Also, signedness?
  const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
  const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
  if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
    int order = Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
                                            rhsComplexInt->getElementType());
    assert(order && "inequal types with equal element ordering");
    if (order > 0) {
      // _Complex int -> _Complex long
      rhsExpr = ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr.take(), lhs, CK_IntegralComplexCast);
      return lhs;
    }

    if (!isCompAssign)
      lhsExpr = ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr.take(), rhs, CK_IntegralComplexCast);
    return rhs;
  } else if (lhsComplexInt) {
    // int -> _Complex int
    rhsExpr = ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr.take(), lhs, CK_IntegralRealToComplex);
    return lhs;
  } else if (rhsComplexInt) {
    // int -> _Complex int
    if (!isCompAssign)
      lhsExpr = ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr.take(), rhs, CK_IntegralRealToComplex);
    return rhs;
  }

  // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
  // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
  int compare = Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
  bool lhsSigned = lhs->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation(),
       rhsSigned = rhs->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation();
  if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
    // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
    if (compare >= 0) {
      rhsExpr = ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr.take(), lhs, CK_IntegralCast);
      return lhs;
    } else if (!isCompAssign)
      lhsExpr = ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr.take(), rhs, CK_IntegralCast);
    return rhs;
  } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
    // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
    // signed type, so use the unsigned type
    if (rhsSigned) {
      rhsExpr = ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr.take(), lhs, CK_IntegralCast);
      return lhs;
    } else if (!isCompAssign)
      lhsExpr = ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr.take(), rhs, CK_IntegralCast);
    return rhs;
  } else if (Context.getIntWidth(lhs) != Context.getIntWidth(rhs)) {
    // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
    // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
    // use the signed type.
    if (lhsSigned) {
      rhsExpr = ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr.take(), lhs, CK_IntegralCast);
      return lhs;
    } else if (!isCompAssign)
      lhsExpr = ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr.take(), rhs, CK_IntegralCast);
    return rhs;
  } else {
    // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
    // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
    // on most 32-bit systems).  Use the unsigned type corresponding
    // to the signed type.
    QualType result =
      Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
    rhsExpr = ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr.take(), result, CK_IntegralCast);
    if (!isCompAssign)
      lhsExpr = ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr.take(), result, CK_IntegralCast);
    return result;
  }
}

//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
//  Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//


ExprResult
Sema::ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
                                SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
                                SourceLocation RParenLoc,
                                Expr *ControllingExpr,
                                MultiTypeArg types,
                                MultiExprArg exprs) {
  unsigned NumAssocs = types.size();
  assert(NumAssocs == exprs.size());

  ParsedType *ParsedTypes = types.release();
  Expr **Exprs = exprs.release();

  TypeSourceInfo **Types = new TypeSourceInfo*[NumAssocs];
  for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumAssocs; ++i) {
    if (ParsedTypes[i])
      (void) GetTypeFromParser(ParsedTypes[i], &Types[i]);
    else
      Types[i] = 0;
  }

  ExprResult ER = CreateGenericSelectionExpr(KeyLoc, DefaultLoc, RParenLoc,
                                             ControllingExpr, Types, Exprs,
                                             NumAssocs);
  delete [] Types;
  return ER;
}

ExprResult
Sema::CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
                                 SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
                                 Expr *ControllingExpr,
                                 TypeSourceInfo **Types,
                                 Expr **Exprs,
                                 unsigned NumAssocs) {
  bool TypeErrorFound = false,
       IsResultDependent = ControllingExpr->isTypeDependent(),
       ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack
         = ControllingExpr->containsUnexpandedParameterPack();

  for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumAssocs; ++i) {
    if (Exprs[i]->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())
      ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = true;

    if (Types[i]) {
      if (Types[i]->getType()->containsUnexpandedParameterPack())
        ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack = true;

      if (Types[i]->getType()->isDependentType()) {
        IsResultDependent = true;
      } else {
        // C1X 6.5.1.1p2 "The type name in a generic association shall specify a
        // complete object type other than a variably modified type."
        unsigned D = 0;
        if (Types[i]->getType()->isIncompleteType())
          D = diag::err_assoc_type_incomplete;
        else if (!Types[i]->getType()->isObjectType())
          D = diag::err_assoc_type_nonobject;
        else if (Types[i]->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
          D = diag::err_assoc_type_variably_modified;

        if (D != 0) {
          Diag(Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), D)
            << Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange()
            << Types[i]->getType();
          TypeErrorFound = true;
        }

        // C1X 6.5.1.1p2 "No two generic associations in the same generic
        // selection shall specify compatible types."
        for (unsigned j = i+1; j < NumAssocs; ++j)
          if (Types[j] && !Types[j]->getType()->isDependentType() &&
              Context.typesAreCompatible(Types[i]->getType(),
                                         Types[j]->getType())) {
            Diag(Types[j]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
                 diag::err_assoc_compatible_types)
              << Types[j]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange()
              << Types[j]->getType()
              << Types[i]->getType();
            Diag(Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
                 diag::note_compat_assoc)
              << Types[i]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange()
              << Types[i]->getType();
            TypeErrorFound = true;
          }
      }
    }
  }
  if (TypeErrorFound)
    return ExprError();

  // If we determined that the generic selection is result-dependent, don't
  // try to compute the result expression.
  if (IsResultDependent)
    return Owned(new (Context) GenericSelectionExpr(
                   Context, KeyLoc, ControllingExpr,
                   Types, Exprs, NumAssocs, DefaultLoc,
                   RParenLoc, ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack));

  llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 1> CompatIndices;
  unsigned DefaultIndex = -1U;
  for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumAssocs; ++i) {
    if (!Types[i])
      DefaultIndex = i;
    else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(ControllingExpr->getType(),
                                        Types[i]->getType()))
      CompatIndices.push_back(i);
  }

  // C1X 6.5.1.1p2 "The controlling expression of a generic selection shall have
  // type compatible with at most one of the types named in its generic
  // association list."
  if (CompatIndices.size() > 1) {
    // We strip parens here because the controlling expression is typically
    // parenthesized in macro definitions.
    ControllingExpr = ControllingExpr->IgnoreParens();
    Diag(ControllingExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_generic_sel_multi_match)
      << ControllingExpr->getSourceRange() << ControllingExpr->getType()
      << (unsigned) CompatIndices.size();
    for (llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 1>::iterator I = CompatIndices.begin(),
         E = CompatIndices.end(); I != E; ++I) {
      Diag(Types[*I]->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
           diag::note_compat_assoc)
        << Types[*I]->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange()
        << Types[*I]->getType();
    }
    return ExprError();
  }

  // C1X 6.5.1.1p2 "If a generic selection has no default generic association,
  // its controlling expression shall have type compatible with exactly one of
  // the types named in its generic association list."
  if (DefaultIndex == -1U && CompatIndices.size() == 0) {
    // We strip parens here because the controlling expression is typically
    // parenthesized in macro definitions.
    ControllingExpr = ControllingExpr->IgnoreParens();
    Diag(ControllingExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_generic_sel_no_match)
      << ControllingExpr->getSourceRange() << ControllingExpr->getType();
    return ExprError();
  }

  // C1X 6.5.1.1p3 "If a generic selection has a generic association with a
  // type name that is compatible with the type of the controlling expression,
  // then the result expression of the generic selection is the expression
  // in that generic association. Otherwise, the result expression of the
  // generic selection is the expression in the default generic association."
  unsigned ResultIndex =
    CompatIndices.size() ? CompatIndices[0] : DefaultIndex;

  return Owned(new (Context) GenericSelectionExpr(
                 Context, KeyLoc, ControllingExpr,
                 Types, Exprs, NumAssocs, DefaultLoc,
                 RParenLoc, ContainsUnexpandedParameterPack,
                 ResultIndex));
}

/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz").  The result string has to handle string
/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
/// multiple tokens.  However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
/// string.
///
ExprResult
Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
  assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");

  StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
  if (Literal.hadError)
    return ExprError();

  llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
  for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
    StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());

  QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
  if (Literal.AnyWide)
    StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
  else if (Literal.Pascal)
    StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;

  // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
  if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || getLangOptions().ConstStrings)
    StrTy.addConst();

  // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5.  This includes
  // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
  // strings.
  StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
                                 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
                                       ArrayType::Normal, 0);

  // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
  return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
                                     Literal.AnyWide, Literal.Pascal, StrTy,
                                     &StringTokLocs[0],
                                     StringTokLocs.size()));
}

enum CaptureResult {
  /// No capture is required.
  CR_NoCapture,

  /// A capture is required.
  CR_Capture,

  /// A by-ref capture is required.
  CR_CaptureByRef,

  /// An error occurred when trying to capture the given variable.
  CR_Error
};

/// Diagnose an uncapturable value reference.
///
/// \param var - the variable referenced
/// \param DC - the context which we couldn't capture through
static CaptureResult
diagnoseUncapturableValueReference(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc,
                                   VarDecl *var, DeclContext *DC) {
  switch (S.ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) {
  case Sema::Unevaluated:
    // The argument will never be evaluated, so don't complain.
    return CR_NoCapture;

  case Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated:
  case Sema::PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed:
    break;

  case Sema::PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
    // FIXME: delay these!
    break;
  }

  // Don't diagnose about capture if we're not actually in code right
  // now; in general, there are more appropriate places that will
  // diagnose this.
  if (!S.CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) return CR_NoCapture;

  // Certain madnesses can happen with parameter declarations, which
  // we want to ignore.
  if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(var)) {
    // - If the parameter still belongs to the translation unit, then
    //   we're actually just using one parameter in the declaration of
    //   the next.  This is useful in e.g. VLAs.
    if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(var->getDeclContext()))
      return CR_NoCapture;

    // - This particular madness can happen in ill-formed default
    //   arguments; claim it's okay and let downstream code handle it.
    if (S.CurContext == var->getDeclContext()->getParent())
      return CR_NoCapture;
  }

  DeclarationName functionName;
  if (FunctionDecl *fn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(var->getDeclContext()))
    functionName = fn->getDeclName();
  // FIXME: variable from enclosing block that we couldn't capture from!

  S.Diag(loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
    << var->getIdentifier() << functionName;
  S.Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
    << var->getIdentifier();

  return CR_Error;
}

/// There is a well-formed capture at a particular scope level;
/// propagate it through all the nested blocks.
static CaptureResult propagateCapture(Sema &S, unsigned validScopeIndex,
                                      const BlockDecl::Capture &capture) {
  VarDecl *var = capture.getVariable();

  // Update all the inner blocks with the capture information.
  for (unsigned i = validScopeIndex + 1, e = S.FunctionScopes.size();
         i != e; ++i) {
    BlockScopeInfo *innerBlock = cast<BlockScopeInfo>(S.FunctionScopes[i]);
    innerBlock->Captures.push_back(
      BlockDecl::Capture(capture.getVariable(), capture.isByRef(),
                         /*nested*/ true, capture.getCopyExpr()));
    innerBlock->CaptureMap[var] = innerBlock->Captures.size(); // +1
  }

  return capture.isByRef() ? CR_CaptureByRef : CR_Capture;
}

/// shouldCaptureValueReference - Determine if a reference to the
/// given value in the current context requires a variable capture.
///
/// This also keeps the captures set in the BlockScopeInfo records
/// up-to-date.
static CaptureResult shouldCaptureValueReference(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc,
                                                 ValueDecl *value) {
  // Only variables ever require capture.
  VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(value);
  if (!var) return CR_NoCapture;

  // Fast path: variables from the current context never require capture.
  DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext;
  if (var->getDeclContext() == DC) return CR_NoCapture;

  // Only variables with local storage require capture.
  // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
  if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) return CR_NoCapture;

  // Otherwise, we need to capture.

  unsigned functionScopesIndex = S.FunctionScopes.size() - 1;
  do {
    // Only blocks (and eventually C++0x closures) can capture; other
    // scopes don't work.
    if (!isa<BlockDecl>(DC))
      return diagnoseUncapturableValueReference(S, loc, var, DC);

    BlockScopeInfo *blockScope =
      cast<BlockScopeInfo>(S.FunctionScopes[functionScopesIndex]);
    assert(blockScope->TheDecl == static_cast<BlockDecl*>(DC));

    // Check whether we've already captured it in this block.  If so,
    // we're done.
    if (unsigned indexPlus1 = blockScope->CaptureMap[var])
      return propagateCapture(S, functionScopesIndex,
                              blockScope->Captures[indexPlus1 - 1]);

    functionScopesIndex--;
    DC = cast<BlockDecl>(DC)->getDeclContext();
  } while (var->getDeclContext() != DC);

  // Okay, we descended all the way to the block that defines the variable.
  // Actually try to capture it.
  QualType type = var->getType();

  // Prohibit variably-modified types.
  if (type->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
    S.Diag(loc, diag::err_ref_vm_type);
    S.Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
    return CR_Error;
  }

  // Prohibit arrays, even in __block variables, but not references to
  // them.
  if (type->isArrayType()) {
    S.Diag(loc, diag::err_ref_array_type);
    S.Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
    return CR_Error;
  }

  S.MarkDeclarationReferenced(loc, var);

  // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
  bool byRef = var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>();

  // Build a copy expression.
  Expr *copyExpr = 0;
  const RecordType *rtype;
  if (!byRef && S.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !type->isDependentType() &&
      (rtype = type->getAs<RecordType>())) {

    // The capture logic needs the destructor, so make sure we mark it.
    // Usually this is unnecessary because most local variables have
    // their destructors marked at declaration time, but parameters are
    // an exception because it's technically only the call site that
    // actually requires the destructor.
    if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(var))
      S.FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, rtype);

    // According to the blocks spec, the capture of a variable from
    // the stack requires a const copy constructor.  This is not true
    // of the copy/move done to move a __block variable to the heap.
    type.addConst();

    Expr *declRef = new (S.Context) DeclRefExpr(var, type, VK_LValue, loc);
    ExprResult result =
      S.PerformCopyInitialization(
                      InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(var->getLocation(),
                                                         type, false),
                                  loc, S.Owned(declRef));

    // Build a full-expression copy expression if initialization
    // succeeded and used a non-trivial constructor.  Recover from
    // errors by pretending that the copy isn't necessary.
    if (!result.isInvalid() &&
        !cast<CXXConstructExpr>(result.get())->getConstructor()->isTrivial()) {
      result = S.MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
      copyExpr = result.take();
    }
  }

  // We're currently at the declarer; go back to the closure.
  functionScopesIndex++;
  BlockScopeInfo *blockScope =
    cast<BlockScopeInfo>(S.FunctionScopes[functionScopesIndex]);

  // Build a valid capture in this scope.
  blockScope->Captures.push_back(
                 BlockDecl::Capture(var, byRef, /*nested*/ false, copyExpr));
  blockScope->CaptureMap[var] = blockScope->Captures.size(); // +1

  // Propagate that to inner captures if necessary.
  return propagateCapture(S, functionScopesIndex,
                          blockScope->Captures.back());
}

static ExprResult BuildBlockDeclRefExpr(Sema &S, ValueDecl *vd,
                                        const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
                                        bool byRef) {
  assert(isa<VarDecl>(vd) && "capturing non-variable");

  VarDecl *var = cast<VarDecl>(vd);
  assert(var->hasLocalStorage() && "capturing non-local");
  assert(byRef == var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() && "byref set wrong");

  QualType exprType = var->getType().getNonReferenceType();

  BlockDeclRefExpr *BDRE;
  if (!byRef) {
    // The variable will be bound by copy; make it const within the
    // closure, but record that this was done in the expression.
    bool constAdded = !exprType.isConstQualified();
    exprType.addConst();

    BDRE = new (S.Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(var, exprType, VK_LValue,
                                            NameInfo.getLoc(), false,
                                            constAdded);
  } else {
    BDRE = new (S.Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(var, exprType, VK_LValue,
                                            NameInfo.getLoc(), true);
  }

  return S.Owned(BDRE);
}

ExprResult
Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK,
                       SourceLocation Loc,
                       const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
  DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(D->getDeclName(), Loc);
  return BuildDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, VK, NameInfo, SS);
}

/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build an expression that references a
/// declaration that does not require a closure capture.
ExprResult
Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK,
                       const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
                       const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
  MarkDeclarationReferenced(NameInfo.getLoc(), D);

  Expr *E = DeclRefExpr::Create(Context,
                                SS? SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)
                                  : NestedNameSpecifierLoc(),
                                D, NameInfo, Ty, VK);

  // Just in case we're building an illegal pointer-to-member.
  if (isa<FieldDecl>(D) && cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getBitWidth())
    E->setObjectKind(OK_BitField);

  return Owned(E);
}

/// Decomposes the given name into a DeclarationNameInfo, its location, and
/// possibly a list of template arguments.
///
/// If this produces template arguments, it is permitted to call
/// DecomposeTemplateName.
///
/// This actually loses a lot of source location information for
/// non-standard name kinds; we should consider preserving that in
/// some way.
void Sema::DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id,
                                 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
                                 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
                              const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs) {
  if (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
    Buffer.setLAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
    Buffer.setRAngleLoc(Id.TemplateId->RAngleLoc);

    ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(*this,
                                       Id.TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
                                       Id.TemplateId->NumArgs);
    translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, Buffer);
    TemplateArgsPtr.release();

    TemplateName TName = Id.TemplateId->Template.get();
    SourceLocation TNameLoc = Id.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
    NameInfo = Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
    TemplateArgs = &Buffer;
  } else {
    NameInfo = GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Id);
    TemplateArgs = 0;
  }
}

/// Diagnose an empty lookup.
///
/// \return false if new lookup candidates were found
bool Sema::DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
                               CorrectTypoContext CTC) {
  DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();

  unsigned diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_var_use;
  unsigned diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
  if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
      Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXLiteralOperatorName ||
      Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
    diagnostic = diag::err_undeclared_use;
    diagnostic_suggest = diag::err_undeclared_use_suggest;
  }

  // If the original lookup was an unqualified lookup, fake an
  // unqualified lookup.  This is useful when (for example) the
  // original lookup would not have found something because it was a
  // dependent name.
  for (DeclContext *DC = SS.isEmpty() ? CurContext : 0;
       DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
    if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
      LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);

      if (!R.empty()) {
        // Don't give errors about ambiguities in this lookup.
        R.suppressDiagnostics();

        CXXMethodDecl *CurMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext);
        bool isInstance = CurMethod &&
                          CurMethod->isInstance() &&
                          DC == CurMethod->getParent();

        // Give a code modification hint to insert 'this->'.
        // TODO: fixit for inserting 'Base<T>::' in the other cases.
        // Actually quite difficult!
        if (isInstance) {
          UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(
              CallsUndergoingInstantiation.back()->getCallee());
          CXXMethodDecl *DepMethod = cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(
              CurMethod->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction());
          if (DepMethod) {
            Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name
              << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(R.getNameLoc(), "this->");
            QualType DepThisType = DepMethod->getThisType(Context);
            CXXThisExpr *DepThis = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(
                                       R.getNameLoc(), DepThisType, false);
            TemplateArgumentListInfo TList;
            if (ULE->hasExplicitTemplateArgs())
              ULE->copyTemplateArgumentsInto(TList);

            CXXScopeSpec SS;
            SS.Adopt(ULE->getQualifierLoc());
            CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr *DepExpr =
                CXXDependentScopeMemberExpr::Create(
                    Context, DepThis, DepThisType, true, SourceLocation(),
                    SS.getWithLocInContext(Context), NULL,
                    R.getLookupNameInfo(), &TList);
            CallsUndergoingInstantiation.back()->setCallee(DepExpr);
          } else {
            // FIXME: we should be able to handle this case too. It is correct
            // to add this-> here. This is a workaround for PR7947.
            Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
          }
        } else {
          Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
        }

        // Do we really want to note all of these?
        for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I)
          Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_dependent_var_use);

        // Tell the callee to try to recover.
        return false;
      }

      R.clear();
    }
  }

  // We didn't find anything, so try to correct for a typo.
  TypoCorrection Corrected;
  if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(R.getLookupNameInfo(), R.getLookupKind(),
                                    S, &SS, NULL, false, CTC))) {
    std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOptions()));
    std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOptions()));
    R.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());

    if (NamedDecl *ND = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl()) {
      R.addDecl(ND);
      if (isa<ValueDecl>(ND) || isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND)) {
        if (SS.isEmpty())
          Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest) << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr
            << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(), CorrectedStr);
        else
          Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
            << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr
            << SS.getRange()
            << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(R.getNameLoc(), CorrectedStr);
        if (ND)
          Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
            << CorrectedQuotedStr;

        // Tell the callee to try to recover.
        return false;
      }

      if (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) {
        // FIXME: If we ended up with a typo for a type name or
        // Objective-C class name, we're in trouble because the parser
        // is in the wrong place to recover. Suggest the typo
        // correction, but don't make it a fix-it since we're not going
        // to recover well anyway.
        if (SS.isEmpty())
          Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest) << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr;
        else
          Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
            << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr
            << SS.getRange();

        // Don't try to recover; it won't work.
        return true;
      }
    } else {
      // FIXME: We found a keyword. Suggest it, but don't provide a fix-it
      // because we aren't able to recover.
      if (SS.isEmpty())
        Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic_suggest) << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr;
      else
        Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member_suggest)
        << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr
        << SS.getRange();
      return true;
    }
  }
  R.clear();

  // Emit a special diagnostic for failed member lookups.
  // FIXME: computing the declaration context might fail here (?)
  if (!SS.isEmpty()) {
    Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
      << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
      << SS.getRange();
    return true;
  }

  // Give up, we can't recover.
  Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diagnostic) << Name;
  return true;
}

ObjCPropertyDecl *Sema::canSynthesizeProvisionalIvar(IdentifierInfo *II) {
  ObjCMethodDecl *CurMeth = getCurMethodDecl();
  ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CurMeth->getClassInterface();
  if (!IDecl)
    return 0;
  ObjCImplementationDecl *ClassImpDecl = IDecl->getImplementation();
  if (!ClassImpDecl)
    return 0;
  ObjCPropertyDecl *property = LookupPropertyDecl(IDecl, II);
  if (!property)
    return 0;
  if (ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PIDecl = ClassImpDecl->FindPropertyImplDecl(II))
    if (PIDecl->getPropertyImplementation() == ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic ||
        PIDecl->getPropertyIvarDecl())
      return 0;
  return property;
}

bool Sema::canSynthesizeProvisionalIvar(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property) {
  ObjCMethodDecl *CurMeth = getCurMethodDecl();
  ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CurMeth->getClassInterface();
  if (!IDecl)
    return false;
  ObjCImplementationDecl *ClassImpDecl = IDecl->getImplementation();
  if (!ClassImpDecl)
    return false;
  if (ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PIDecl
                = ClassImpDecl->FindPropertyImplDecl(Property->getIdentifier()))
    if (PIDecl->getPropertyImplementation() == ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic ||
        PIDecl->getPropertyIvarDecl())
      return false;

  return true;
}

ObjCIvarDecl *Sema::SynthesizeProvisionalIvar(LookupResult &Lookup,
                                              IdentifierInfo *II,
                                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
  ObjCMethodDecl *CurMeth = getCurMethodDecl();
  bool LookForIvars;
  if (Lookup.empty())
    LookForIvars = true;
  else if (CurMeth->isClassMethod())
    LookForIvars = false;
  else
    LookForIvars = (Lookup.isSingleResult() &&
                    Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod() &&
                    (Lookup.getAsSingle<VarDecl>() != 0));
  if (!LookForIvars)
    return 0;

  ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CurMeth->getClassInterface();
  if (!IDecl)
    return 0;
  ObjCImplementationDecl *ClassImpDecl = IDecl->getImplementation();
  if (!ClassImpDecl)
    return 0;
  bool DynamicImplSeen = false;
  ObjCPropertyDecl *property = LookupPropertyDecl(IDecl, II);
  if (!property)
    return 0;
  if (ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PIDecl = ClassImpDecl->FindPropertyImplDecl(II)) {
    DynamicImplSeen =
      (PIDecl->getPropertyImplementation() == ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic);
    // property implementation has a designated ivar. No need to assume a new
    // one.
    if (!DynamicImplSeen && PIDecl->getPropertyIvarDecl())
      return 0;
  }
  if (!DynamicImplSeen) {
    QualType PropType = Context.getCanonicalType(property->getType());
    ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, ClassImpDecl,
                                              NameLoc, NameLoc,
                                              II, PropType, /*Dinfo=*/0,
                                              ObjCIvarDecl::Private,
                                              (Expr *)0, true);
    ClassImpDecl->addDecl(Ivar);
    IDecl->makeDeclVisibleInContext(Ivar, false);
    property->setPropertyIvarDecl(Ivar);
    return Ivar;
  }
  return 0;
}

ExprResult Sema::ActOnIdExpression(Scope *S,
                                   CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                   UnqualifiedId &Id,
                                   bool HasTrailingLParen,
                                   bool isAddressOfOperand) {
  assert(!(isAddressOfOperand && HasTrailingLParen) &&
         "cannot be direct & operand and have a trailing lparen");

  if (SS.isInvalid())
    return ExprError();

  TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgsBuffer;

  // Decompose the UnqualifiedId into the following data.
  DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
  const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs;
  DecomposeUnqualifiedId(Id, TemplateArgsBuffer, NameInfo, TemplateArgs);

  DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
  IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
  SourceLocation NameLoc = NameInfo.getLoc();

  // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
  //   An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
  //     -- an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
  //        (note: handled after lookup)
  //     -- a template-id that is dependent,
  //        (note: handled in BuildTemplateIdExpr)
  //     -- a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
  //     -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
  //        names a dependent type.
  // Determine whether this is a member of an unknown specialization;
  // we need to handle these differently.
  bool DependentID = false;
  if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
      Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType()) {
    DependentID = true;
  } else if (SS.isSet()) {
    if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false)) {
      if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
        return ExprError();
    } else {
      DependentID = true;
    }
  }

  if (DependentID)
    return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, NameInfo, isAddressOfOperand,
                                      TemplateArgs);

  bool IvarLookupFollowUp = false;
  // Perform the required lookup.
  LookupResult R(*this, NameInfo,
                 (Id.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam)
                  ? LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam : LookupOrdinaryName);
  if (TemplateArgs) {
    // Lookup the template name again to correctly establish the context in
    // which it was found. This is really unfortunate as we already did the
    // lookup to determine that it was a template name in the first place. If
    // this becomes a performance hit, we can work harder to preserve those
    // results until we get here but it's likely not worth it.
    bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
    LookupTemplateName(R, S, SS, QualType(), /*EnteringContext=*/false,
                       MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);

    if (MemberOfUnknownSpecialization ||
        (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation))
      return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, NameInfo, isAddressOfOperand,
                                        TemplateArgs);
  } else {
    IvarLookupFollowUp = (!SS.isSet() && II && getCurMethodDecl());
    LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS, !IvarLookupFollowUp);

    // If the result might be in a dependent base class, this is a dependent
    // id-expression.
    if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation)
      return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, NameInfo, isAddressOfOperand,
                                        TemplateArgs);

    // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then we need to do
    // some special Objective-C lookup, too.
    if (IvarLookupFollowUp) {
      ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, II, true));
      if (E.isInvalid())
        return ExprError();

      if (Expr *Ex = E.takeAs<Expr>())
        return Owned(Ex);

      // Synthesize ivars lazily.
      if (getLangOptions().ObjCDefaultSynthProperties &&
          getLangOptions().ObjCNonFragileABI2) {
        if (SynthesizeProvisionalIvar(R, II, NameLoc)) {
          if (const ObjCPropertyDecl *Property =
                canSynthesizeProvisionalIvar(II)) {
            Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_synthesized_ivar_access) << II;
            Diag(Property->getLocation(), diag::note_property_declare);
          }
          return ActOnIdExpression(S, SS, Id, HasTrailingLParen,
                                   isAddressOfOperand);
        }
      }
      // for further use, this must be set to false if in class method.
      IvarLookupFollowUp = getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod();
    }
  }

  if (R.isAmbiguous())
    return ExprError();

  // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
  // argument-dependent lookup.
  bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, R, HasTrailingLParen);

  if (R.empty() && !ADL) {
    // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
    // in C90, extension in C99, forbidden in C++).
    if (HasTrailingLParen && II && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
      NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *II, S);
      if (D) R.addDecl(D);
    }

    // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function
    // call, diagnose the problem.
    if (R.empty()) {
      if (DiagnoseEmptyLookup(S, SS, R, CTC_Unknown))
        return ExprError();

      assert(!R.empty() &&
             "DiagnoseEmptyLookup returned false but added no results");

      // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
      // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
      // reference the ivar.
      if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = R.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
        R.clear();
        ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(R, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
        assert(E.isInvalid() || E.get());
        return move(E);
      }
    }
  }

  // This is guaranteed from this point on.
  assert(!R.empty() || ADL);

  // Check whether this might be a C++ implicit instance member access.
  // C++ [class.mfct.non-static]p3:
  //   When an id-expression that is not part of a class member access
  //   syntax and not used to form a pointer to member is used in the
  //   body of a non-static member function of class X, if name lookup
  //   resolves the name in the id-expression to a non-static non-type
  //   member of some class C, the id-expression is transformed into a
  //   class member access expression using (*this) as the
  //   postfix-expression to the left of the . operator.
  //
  // But we don't actually need to do this for '&' operands if R
  // resolved to a function or overloaded function set, because the
  // expression is ill-formed if it actually works out to be a
  // non-static member function:
  //
  // C++ [expr.ref]p4:
  //   Otherwise, if E1.E2 refers to a non-static member function. . .
  //   [t]he expression can be used only as the left-hand operand of a
  //   member function call.
  //
  // There are other safeguards against such uses, but it's important
  // to get this right here so that we don't end up making a
  // spuriously dependent expression if we're inside a dependent
  // instance method.
  if (!R.empty() && (*R.begin())->isCXXClassMember()) {
    bool MightBeImplicitMember;
    if (!isAddressOfOperand)
      MightBeImplicitMember = true;
    else if (!SS.isEmpty())
      MightBeImplicitMember = false;
    else if (R.isOverloadedResult())
      MightBeImplicitMember = false;
    else if (R.isUnresolvableResult())
      MightBeImplicitMember = true;
    else
      MightBeImplicitMember = isa<FieldDecl>(R.getFoundDecl()) ||
                              isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(R.getFoundDecl());

    if (MightBeImplicitMember)
      return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, R, TemplateArgs);
  }

  if (TemplateArgs)
    return BuildTemplateIdExpr(SS, R, ADL, *TemplateArgs);

  return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, ADL);
}

/// BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr - Build a C++ qualified
/// declaration name, generally during template instantiation.
/// There's a large number of things which don't need to be done along
/// this path.
ExprResult
Sema::BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                        const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo) {
  DeclContext *DC;
  if (!(DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false)) || DC->isDependentContext())
    return BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(SS, NameInfo, 0);

  if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
    return ExprError();

  LookupResult R(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName);
  LookupQualifiedName(R, DC);

  if (R.isAmbiguous())
    return ExprError();

  if (R.empty()) {
    Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
      << NameInfo.getName() << DC << SS.getRange();
    return ExprError();
  }

  return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R, /*ADL*/ false);
}

/// LookupInObjCMethod - The parser has read a name in, and Sema has
/// detected that we're currently inside an ObjC method.  Perform some
/// additional lookup.
///
/// Ideally, most of this would be done by lookup, but there's
/// actually quite a lot of extra work involved.
///
/// Returns a null sentinel to indicate trivial success.
ExprResult
Sema::LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &Lookup, Scope *S,
                         IdentifierInfo *II, bool AllowBuiltinCreation) {
  SourceLocation Loc = Lookup.getNameLoc();
  ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();

  // There are two cases to handle here.  1) scoped lookup could have failed,
  // in which case we should look for an ivar.  2) scoped lookup could have
  // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
  // a global variable).  In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
  // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.

  // If we're in a class method, we don't normally want to look for
  // ivars.  But if we don't find anything else, and there's an
  // ivar, that's an error.
  bool IsClassMethod = CurMethod->isClassMethod();

  bool LookForIvars;
  if (Lookup.empty())
    LookForIvars = true;
  else if (IsClassMethod)
    LookForIvars = false;
  else
    LookForIvars = (Lookup.isSingleResult() &&
                    Lookup.getFoundDecl()->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod());
  ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = 0;
  if (LookForIvars) {
    IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface();
    ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
    if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
      // Diagnose using an ivar in a class method.
      if (IsClassMethod)
        return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
                         << IV->getDeclName());

      // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
      // error node.  The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
      if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
        return ExprError();

      // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
      if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
        return ExprError();

      // Diagnose the use of an ivar outside of the declaring class.
      if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
          ClassDeclared != IFace)
        Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();

      // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
      // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
      IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
      UnqualifiedId SelfName;
      SelfName.setIdentifier(&II, SourceLocation());
      SelfName.setKind(UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam);
      CXXScopeSpec SelfScopeSpec;
      ExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdExpression(S, SelfScopeSpec,
                                              SelfName, false, false);
      if (SelfExpr.isInvalid())
        return ExprError();

      SelfExpr = DefaultLvalueConversion(SelfExpr.take());
      if (SelfExpr.isInvalid())
        return ExprError();

      MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
      return Owned(new (Context)
                   ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
                                   SelfExpr.take(), true, true));
    }
  } else if (CurMethod->isInstanceMethod()) {
    // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
    ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = CurMethod->getClassInterface();
    ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
    if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
      if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
          IFace == ClassDeclared)
        Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
    }
  }

  if (Lookup.empty() && II && AllowBuiltinCreation) {
    // FIXME. Consolidate this with similar code in LookupName.
    if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) {
      if (!(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
            Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID))) {
        NamedDecl *D = LazilyCreateBuiltin((IdentifierInfo *)II, BuiltinID,
                                           S, Lookup.isForRedeclaration(),
                                           Lookup.getNameLoc());
        if (D) Lookup.addDecl(D);
      }
    }
  }
  // Sentinel value saying that we didn't do anything special.
  return Owned((Expr*) 0);
}

/// \brief Cast a base object to a member's actual type.
///
/// Logically this happens in three phases:
///
/// * First we cast from the base type to the naming class.
///   The naming class is the class into which we were looking
///   when we found the member;  it's the qualifier type if a
///   qualifier was provided, and otherwise it's the base type.
///
/// * Next we cast from the naming class to the declaring class.
///   If the member we found was brought into a class's scope by
///   a using declaration, this is that class;  otherwise it's
///   the class declaring the member.
///
/// * Finally we cast from the declaring class to the "true"
///   declaring class of the member.  This conversion does not
///   obey access control.
ExprResult
Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From,
                                    NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
                                    NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
                                    NamedDecl *Member) {
  CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Member->getDeclContext());
  if (!RD)
    return Owned(From);

  QualType DestRecordType;
  QualType DestType;
  QualType FromRecordType;
  QualType FromType = From->getType();
  bool PointerConversions = false;
  if (isa<FieldDecl>(Member)) {
    DestRecordType = Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));

    if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
      DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestRecordType);
      FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType();
      PointerConversions = true;
    } else {
      DestType = DestRecordType;
      FromRecordType = FromType;
    }
  } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Member)) {
    if (Method->isStatic())
      return Owned(From);

    DestType = Method->getThisType(Context);
    DestRecordType = DestType->getPointeeType();

    if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
      FromRecordType = FromType->getPointeeType();
      PointerConversions = true;
    } else {
      FromRecordType = FromType;
      DestType = DestRecordType;
    }
  } else {
    // No conversion necessary.
    return Owned(From);
  }

  if (DestType->isDependentType() || FromType->isDependentType())
    return Owned(From);

  // If the unqualified types are the same, no conversion is necessary.
  if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType))
    return Owned(From);

  SourceRange FromRange = From->getSourceRange();
  SourceLocation FromLoc = FromRange.getBegin();

  ExprValueKind VK = CastCategory(From);

  // C++ [class.member.lookup]p8:
  //   [...] Ambiguities can often be resolved by qualifying a name with its
  //   class name.
  //
  // If the member was a qualified name and the qualified referred to a
  // specific base subobject type, we'll cast to that intermediate type
  // first and then to the object in which the member is declared. That allows
  // one to resolve ambiguities in, e.g., a diamond-shaped hierarchy such as:
  //
  //   class Base { public: int x; };
  //   class Derived1 : public Base { };
  //   class Derived2 : public Base { };
  //   class VeryDerived : public Derived1, public Derived2 { void f(); };
  //
  //   void VeryDerived::f() {
  //     x = 17; // error: ambiguous base subobjects
  //     Derived1::x = 17; // okay, pick the Base subobject of Derived1
  //   }
  if (Qualifier) {
    QualType QType = QualType(Qualifier->getAsType(), 0);
    assert(!QType.isNull() && "lookup done with dependent qualifier?");
    assert(QType->isRecordType() && "lookup done with non-record type");

    QualType QRecordType = QualType(QType->getAs<RecordType>(), 0);

    // In C++98, the qualifier type doesn't actually have to be a base
    // type of the object type, in which case we just ignore it.
    // Otherwise build the appropriate casts.
    if (IsDerivedFrom(FromRecordType, QRecordType)) {
      CXXCastPath BasePath;
      if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, QRecordType,
                                       FromLoc, FromRange, &BasePath))
        return ExprError();

      if (PointerConversions)
        QType = Context.getPointerType(QType);
      From = ImpCastExprToType(From, QType, CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
                               VK, &BasePath).take();

      FromType = QType;
      FromRecordType = QRecordType;

      // If the qualifier type was the same as the destination type,
      // we're done.
      if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType))
        return Owned(From);
    }
  }

  bool IgnoreAccess = false;

  // If we actually found the member through a using declaration, cast
  // down to the using declaration's type.
  //
  // Pointer equality is fine here because only one declaration of a
  // class ever has member declarations.
  if (FoundDecl->getDeclContext() != Member->getDeclContext()) {
    assert(isa<UsingShadowDecl>(FoundDecl));
    QualType URecordType = Context.getTypeDeclType(
                           cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FoundDecl->getDeclContext()));

    // We only need to do this if the naming-class to declaring-class
    // conversion is non-trivial.
    if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, URecordType)) {
      assert(IsDerivedFrom(FromRecordType, URecordType));
      CXXCastPath BasePath;
      if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, URecordType,
                                       FromLoc, FromRange, &BasePath))
        return ExprError();

      QualType UType = URecordType;
      if (PointerConversions)
        UType = Context.getPointerType(UType);
      From = ImpCastExprToType(From, UType, CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
                               VK, &BasePath).take();
      FromType = UType;
      FromRecordType = URecordType;
    }

    // We don't do access control for the conversion from the
    // declaring class to the true declaring class.
    IgnoreAccess = true;
  }

  CXXCastPath BasePath;
  if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType, DestRecordType,
                                   FromLoc, FromRange, &BasePath,
                                   IgnoreAccess))
    return ExprError();

  return ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CK_UncheckedDerivedToBase,
                           VK, &BasePath);
}

bool Sema::UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                                      const LookupResult &R,
                                      bool HasTrailingLParen) {
  // Only when used directly as the postfix-expression of a call.
  if (!HasTrailingLParen)
    return false;

  // Never if a scope specifier was provided.
  if (SS.isSet())
    return false;

  // Only in C++ or ObjC++.
  if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
    return false;

  // Turn off ADL when we find certain kinds of declarations during
  // normal lookup:
  for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); I != E; ++I) {
    NamedDecl *D = *I;

    // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
    //     -- a declaration of a class member
    // Since using decls preserve this property, we check this on the
    // original decl.
    if (D->isCXXClassMember())
      return false;

    // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
    //     -- a block-scope function declaration that is not a
    //        using-declaration
    // NOTE: we also trigger this for function templates (in fact, we
    // don't check the decl type at all, since all other decl types
    // turn off ADL anyway).
    if (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D))
      D = cast<UsingShadowDecl>(D)->getTargetDecl();
    else if (D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
      return false;

    // C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3:
    //     -- a declaration that is neither a function or a function
    //        template
    // And also for builtin functions.
    if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
      FunctionDecl *FDecl = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);

      // But also builtin functions.
      if (FDecl->getBuiltinID() && FDecl->isImplicit())
        return false;
    } else if (!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
      return false;
  }

  return true;
}


/// Diagnoses obvious problems with the use of the given declaration
/// as an expression.  This is only actually called for lookups that
/// were not overloaded, and it doesn't promise that the declaration
/// will in fact be used.
static bool CheckDeclInExpr(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D) {
  if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) {
    S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << D->getDeclName();
    return true;
  }

  if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D)) {
    S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << D->getDeclName();
    return true;
  }

  if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D)) {
    S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << D->getDeclName();
    return true;
  }

  return false;
}

ExprResult
Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                               LookupResult &R,
                               bool NeedsADL) {
  // If this is a single, fully-resolved result and we don't need ADL,
  // just build an ordinary singleton decl ref.
  if (!NeedsADL && R.isSingleResult() && !R.getAsSingle<FunctionTemplateDecl>())
    return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, R.getLookupNameInfo(),
                                    R.getFoundDecl());

  // We only need to check the declaration if there's exactly one
  // result, because in the overloaded case the results can only be
  // functions and function templates.
  if (R.isSingleResult() &&
      CheckDeclInExpr(*this, R.getNameLoc(), R.getFoundDecl()))
    return ExprError();

  // Otherwise, just build an unresolved lookup expression.  Suppress
  // any lookup-related diagnostics; we'll hash these out later, when
  // we've picked a target.
  R.suppressDiagnostics();

  UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE
    = UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(Context, R.getNamingClass(),
                                   SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
                                   R.getLookupNameInfo(),
                                   NeedsADL, R.isOverloadedResult(),
                                   R.begin(), R.end());

  return Owned(ULE);
}

/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
ExprResult
Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
                               const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
                               NamedDecl *D) {
  assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
  assert(!isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) &&
         "Cannot refer unambiguously to a function template");

  SourceLocation Loc = NameInfo.getLoc();
  if (CheckDeclInExpr(*this, Loc, D))
    return ExprError();

  if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) {
    // Specifically diagnose references to class templates that are missing
    // a template argument list.
    Diag(Loc, diag::err_template_decl_ref)
      << Template << SS.getRange();
    Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here);
    return ExprError();
  }

  // Make sure that we're referring to a value.
  ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D);
  if (!VD) {
    Diag(Loc, diag::err_ref_non_value)
      << D << SS.getRange();
    Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
    return ExprError();
  }

  // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
  // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
  // on this function name, because this might not be the function
  // that overload resolution actually selects.
  if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
    return ExprError();

  // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
  if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
    return ExprError();

  // Handle members of anonymous structs and unions.  If we got here,
  // and the reference is to a class member indirect field, then this
  // must be the subject of a pointer-to-member expression.
  if (IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
    if (!indirectField->isCXXClassMember())
      return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SS, NameInfo.getLoc(),
                                                      indirectField);

  // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
  // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
  // DeclRefExpr.  This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
  // the block is formed.
  //
  // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
  // as they do not get snapshotted.
  //
  switch (shouldCaptureValueReference(*this, NameInfo.getLoc(), VD)) {
  case CR_Error:
    return ExprError();

  case CR_Capture:
    assert(!SS.isSet() && "referenced local variable with scope specifier?");
    return BuildBlockDeclRefExpr(*this, VD, NameInfo, /*byref*/ false);

  case CR_CaptureByRef:
    assert(!SS.isSet() && "referenced local variable with scope specifier?");
    return BuildBlockDeclRefExpr(*this, VD, NameInfo, /*byref*/ true);

  case CR_NoCapture: {
    // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced
    // variable is within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.

    QualType type = VD->getType();
    ExprValueKind valueKind = VK_RValue;

    switch (D->getKind()) {
    // Ignore all the non-ValueDecl kinds.
#define ABSTRACT_DECL(kind)
#define VALUE(type, base)
#define DECL(type, base) \
    case Decl::type:
#include "clang/AST/DeclNodes.inc"
      llvm_unreachable("invalid value decl kind");
      return ExprError();

    // These shouldn't make it here.
    case Decl::ObjCAtDefsField:
    case Decl::ObjCIvar:
      llvm_unreachable("forming non-member reference to ivar?");
      return ExprError();

    // Enum constants are always r-values and never references.
    // Unresolved using declarations are dependent.
    case Decl::EnumConstant:
    case Decl::UnresolvedUsingValue:
      valueKind = VK_RValue;
      break;

    // Fields and indirect fields that got here must be for
    // pointer-to-member expressions; we just call them l-values for
    // internal consistency, because this subexpression doesn't really
    // exist in the high-level semantics.
    case Decl::Field:
    case Decl::IndirectField:
      assert(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
             "building reference to field in C?");

      // These can't have reference type in well-formed programs, but
      // for internal consistency we do this anyway.
      type = type.getNonReferenceType();
      valueKind = VK_LValue;
      break;

    // Non-type template parameters are either l-values or r-values
    // depending on the type.
    case Decl::NonTypeTemplateParm: {
      if (const ReferenceType *reftype = type->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
        type = reftype->getPointeeType();
        valueKind = VK_LValue; // even if the parameter is an r-value reference
        break;
      }

      // For non-references, we need to strip qualifiers just in case
      // the template parameter was declared as 'const int' or whatever.
      valueKind = VK_RValue;
      type = type.getUnqualifiedType();
      break;
    }

    case Decl::Var:
      // In C, "extern void blah;" is valid and is an r-value.
      if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
          !type.hasQualifiers() &&
          type->isVoidType()) {
        valueKind = VK_RValue;
        break;
      }
      // fallthrough

    case Decl::ImplicitParam:
    case Decl::ParmVar:
      // These are always l-values.
      valueKind = VK_LValue;
      type = type.getNonReferenceType();
      break;

    case Decl::Function: {
      const FunctionType *fty = type->castAs<FunctionType>();

      // If we're referring to a function with an __unknown_anytype
      // result type, make the entire expression __unknown_anytype.
      if (fty->getResultType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
        type = Context.UnknownAnyTy;
        valueKind = VK_RValue;
        break;
      }

      // Functions are l-values in C++.
      if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
        valueKind = VK_LValue;
        break;
      }

      // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
      // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
      // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
      // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
      // type.
      if (!cast<FunctionDecl>(VD)->hasPrototype() &&
          isa<FunctionProtoType>(fty))
        type = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(fty->getResultType(),
                                              fty->getExtInfo());

      // Functions are r-values in C.
      valueKind = VK_RValue;
      break;
    }

    case Decl::CXXMethod:
      // If we're referring to a method with an __unknown_anytype
      // result type, make the entire expression __unknown_anytype.
      // This should only be possible with a type written directly.
      if (const FunctionProtoType *proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(VD->getType()))
        if (proto->getResultType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
          type = Context.UnknownAnyTy;
          valueKind = VK_RValue;
          break;
        }

      // C++ methods are l-values if static, r-values if non-static.
      if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(VD)->isStatic()) {
        valueKind = VK_LValue;
        break;
      }
      // fallthrough

    case Decl::CXXConversion:
    case Decl::CXXDestructor:
    case Decl::CXXConstructor:
      valueKind = VK_RValue;
      break;
    }

    return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, type, valueKind, NameInfo, &SS);
  }

  }

  llvm_unreachable("unknown capture result");
  return ExprError();
}

ExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind) {
  PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;

  switch (Kind) {
  default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
  case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
  case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
  case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
  }

  // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
  // string.

  Decl *currentDecl = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
  if (!currentDecl && getCurBlock())
    currentDecl = getCurBlock()->TheDecl;
  if (!currentDecl) {
    Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
    currentDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
  }

  QualType ResTy;
  if (cast<DeclContext>(currentDecl)->isDependentContext()) {
    ResTy = Context.DependentTy;
  } else {
    unsigned Length = PredefinedExpr::ComputeName(IT, currentDecl).length();

    llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
    ResTy = Context.CharTy.withConst();
    ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
  }
  return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
}

ExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
  llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
  bool Invalid = false;
  llvm::StringRef ThisTok = PP.getSpelling(Tok, CharBuffer, &Invalid);
  if (Invalid)
    return ExprError();

  CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTok.begin(), ThisTok.end(), Tok.getLocation(),
                            PP);
  if (Literal.hadError())
    return ExprError();

  QualType Ty;
  if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
    Ty = Context.IntTy;   // 'x' and L'x' -> int in C.
  else if (Literal.isWide())
    Ty = Context.WCharTy; // L'x' -> wchar_t in C++.
  else if (Literal.isMultiChar())
    Ty = Context.IntTy;   // 'wxyz' -> int in C++.
  else
    Ty = Context.CharTy;  // 'x' -> char in C++

  return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
                                              Literal.isWide(),
                                              Ty, Tok.getLocation()));
}

ExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
  // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common).  A single digit
  // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
  if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
    const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
    unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
    return Owned(IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
                    Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
  }

  llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
  // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
  IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
  const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];

  // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
  bool Invalid = false;
  unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin, &Invalid);
  if (Invalid)
    return ExprError();

  NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
                               Tok.getLocation(), PP);
  if (Literal.hadError)
    return ExprError();

  Expr *Res;

  if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
    QualType Ty;
    if (Literal.isFloat)
      Ty = Context.FloatTy;
    else if (!Literal.isLong)
      Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
    else
      Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;

    const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);

    using llvm::APFloat;
    APFloat Val(Format);

    APFloat::opStatus result = Literal.GetFloatValue(Val);

    // Overflow is always an error, but underflow is only an error if
    // we underflowed to zero (APFloat reports denormals as underflow).
    if ((result & APFloat::opOverflow) ||
        ((result & APFloat::opUnderflow) && Val.isZero())) {
      unsigned diagnostic;
      llvm::SmallString<20> buffer;
      if (result & APFloat::opOverflow) {
        diagnostic = diag::warn_float_overflow;
        APFloat::getLargest(Format).toString(buffer);
      } else {
        diagnostic = diag::warn_float_underflow;
        APFloat::getSmallest(Format).toString(buffer);
      }

      Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diagnostic)
        << Ty
        << llvm::StringRef(buffer.data(), buffer.size());
    }

    bool isExact = (result == APFloat::opOK);
    Res = FloatingLiteral::Create(Context, Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());

    if (Ty == Context.DoubleTy) {
      if (getLangOptions().SinglePrecisionConstants) {
        Res = ImpCastExprToType(Res, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).take();
      } else if (getLangOptions().OpenCL && !getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp64) {
        Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_double_const_requires_fp64);
        Res = ImpCastExprToType(Res, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).take();
      }
    }
  } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
    return ExprError();
  } else {
    QualType Ty;

    // long long is a C99 feature.
    if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
        Literal.isLongLong)
      Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);

    // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
    llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);

    if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
      // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
      Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
      Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
      assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
             "long long is not intmax_t?");
    } else {
      // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
      // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.

      // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
      // be an unsigned int.
      bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;

      // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
      unsigned Width = 0;
      if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
        // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
        unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();

        // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
        if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
          // Does it fit in a signed int?
          if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
            Ty = Context.IntTy;
          else if (AllowUnsigned)
            Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
          Width = IntSize;
        }
      }

      // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
      if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
        unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();

        // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
        if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
          // Does it fit in a signed long?
          if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
            Ty = Context.LongTy;
          else if (AllowUnsigned)
            Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
          Width = LongSize;
        }
      }

      // Finally, check long long if needed.
      if (Ty.isNull()) {
        unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();

        // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
        if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
          // Does it fit in a signed long long?
          // To be compatible with MSVC, hex integer literals ending with the
          // LL or i64 suffix are always signed in Microsoft mode.
          if (!Literal.isUnsigned && (ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0 ||
              (getLangOptions().Microsoft && Literal.isLongLong)))
            Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
          else if (AllowUnsigned)
            Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
          Width = LongLongSize;
        }
      }

      // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
      // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
      if (Ty.isNull()) {
        Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
        Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
        Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
      }

      if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
        ResultVal = ResultVal.trunc(Width);
    }
    Res = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
  }

  // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
  if (Literal.isImaginary)
    Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
                                        Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));

  return Owned(Res);
}

ExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
                                              SourceLocation R, Expr *E) {
  assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
  return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
}

static bool CheckVecStepTraitOperandType(Sema &S, QualType T,
                                         SourceLocation Loc,
                                         SourceRange ArgRange) {
  // [OpenCL 1.1 6.11.12] "The vec_step built-in function takes a built-in
  // scalar or vector data type argument..."
  // Every built-in scalar type (OpenCL 1.1 6.1.1) is either an arithmetic
  // type (C99 6.2.5p18) or void.
  if (!(T->isArithmeticType() || T->isVoidType() || T->isVectorType())) {
    S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_vecstep_non_scalar_vector_type)
      << T << ArgRange;
    return true;
  }

  assert((T->isVoidType() || !T->isIncompleteType()) &&
         "Scalar types should always be complete");
  return false;
}

static bool CheckExtensionTraitOperandType(Sema &S, QualType T,
                                           SourceLocation Loc,
                                           SourceRange ArgRange,
                                           UnaryExprOrTypeTrait TraitKind) {
  // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
  if (T->isFunctionType()) {
    // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
    if (TraitKind == UETT_SizeOf)
      S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ArgRange;
    return false;
  }

  // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
  if (T->isVoidType()) {
    S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type) << TraitKind << ArgRange;
    return false;
  }

  return true;
}

static bool CheckObjCTraitOperandConstraints(Sema &S, QualType T,
                                             SourceLocation Loc,
                                             SourceRange ArgRange,
                                             UnaryExprOrTypeTrait TraitKind) {
  // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
  if (S.LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && T->isObjCObjectType()) {
    S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
      << T << (TraitKind == UETT_SizeOf)
      << ArgRange;
    return true;
  }

  return false;
}

/// \brief Check the constrains on expression operands to unary type expression
/// and type traits.
///
/// Completes any types necessary and validates the constraints on the operand
/// expression. The logic mostly mirrors the type-based overload, but may modify
/// the expression as it completes the type for that expression through template
/// instantiation, etc.
bool Sema::CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *Op,
                                            UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) {
  QualType ExprTy = Op->getType();

  // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2: "When applied to a reference or a reference type,
  //   the result is the size of the referenced type."
  // C++ [expr.alignof]p3: "When alignof is applied to a reference type, the
  //   result shall be the alignment of the referenced type."
  if (const ReferenceType *Ref = ExprTy->getAs<ReferenceType>())
    ExprTy = Ref->getPointeeType();

  if (ExprKind == UETT_VecStep)
    return CheckVecStepTraitOperandType(*this, ExprTy, Op->getExprLoc(),
                                        Op->getSourceRange());

  // Whitelist some types as extensions
  if (!CheckExtensionTraitOperandType(*this, ExprTy, Op->getExprLoc(),
                                      Op->getSourceRange(), ExprKind))
    return false;

  if (RequireCompleteExprType(Op,
                              PDiag(diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_type)
                              << ExprKind << Op->getSourceRange(),
                              std::make_pair(SourceLocation(), PDiag(0))))
    return true;

  // Completeing the expression's type may have changed it.
  ExprTy = Op->getType();
  if (const ReferenceType *Ref = ExprTy->getAs<ReferenceType>())
    ExprTy = Ref->getPointeeType();

  if (CheckObjCTraitOperandConstraints(*this, ExprTy, Op->getExprLoc(),
                                       Op->getSourceRange(), ExprKind))
    return true;

  if (ExprKind == UETT_SizeOf) {
    if (DeclRefExpr *DeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Op->IgnoreParens())) {
      if (ParmVarDecl *PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(DeclRef->getFoundDecl())) {
        QualType OType = PVD->getOriginalType();
        QualType Type = PVD->getType();
        if (Type->isPointerType() && OType->isArrayType()) {
          Diag(Op->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_sizeof_array_param)
            << Type << OType;
          Diag(PVD->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
        }
      }
    }
  }

  return false;
}

/// \brief Check the constraints on operands to unary expression and type
/// traits.
///
/// This will complete any types necessary, and validate the various constraints
/// on those operands.
///
/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
/// C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] all state:
///   Except when it is the operand of the sizeof operator ...
///
/// C++ [expr.sizeof]p4
///   The lvalue-to-rvalue, array-to-pointer, and function-to-pointer
///   standard conversions are not applied to the operand of sizeof.
///
/// This policy is followed for all of the unary trait expressions.
bool Sema::CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType exprType,
                                            SourceLocation OpLoc,
                                            SourceRange ExprRange,
                                            UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) {
  if (exprType->isDependentType())
    return false;

  // C++ [expr.sizeof]p2: "When applied to a reference or a reference type,
  //   the result is the size of the referenced type."
  // C++ [expr.alignof]p3: "When alignof is applied to a reference type, the
  //   result shall be the alignment of the referenced type."
  if (const ReferenceType *Ref = exprType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
    exprType = Ref->getPointeeType();

  if (ExprKind == UETT_VecStep)
    return CheckVecStepTraitOperandType(*this, exprType, OpLoc, ExprRange);

  // Whitelist some types as extensions
  if (!CheckExtensionTraitOperandType(*this, exprType, OpLoc, ExprRange,
                                      ExprKind))
    return false;

  if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
                          PDiag(diag::err_sizeof_alignof_incomplete_type)
                          << ExprKind << ExprRange))
    return true;

  if (CheckObjCTraitOperandConstraints(*this, exprType, OpLoc, ExprRange,
                                       ExprKind))
    return true;

  return false;
}

static bool CheckAlignOfExpr(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
  E = E->IgnoreParens();

  // alignof decl is always ok.
  if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
    return false;

  // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
  if (E->isTypeDependent())
    return false;

  if (E->getBitField()) {
    S.Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield)
       << 1 << E->getSourceRange();
    return true;
  }

  // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
  // bit-field.
  if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
    if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
      return false;

  return S.CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(E, UETT_AlignOf);
}

bool Sema::CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E) {
  E = E->IgnoreParens();

  // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
  if (E->isTypeDependent())
    return false;

  return CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(E, UETT_VecStep);
}

/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
ExprResult
Sema::CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
                                     SourceLocation OpLoc,
                                     UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
                                     SourceRange R) {
  if (!TInfo)
    return ExprError();

  QualType T = TInfo->getType();

  if (!T->isDependentType() &&
      CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(T, OpLoc, R, ExprKind))
    return ExprError();

  // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
  return Owned(new (Context) UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(ExprKind, TInfo,
                                                      Context.getSizeType(),
                                                      OpLoc, R.getEnd()));
}

/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
/// operand.
ExprResult
Sema::CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
                                     UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind) {
  ExprResult PE = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
  if (PE.isInvalid())
    return ExprError();

  E = PE.get();

  // Verify that the operand is valid.
  bool isInvalid = false;
  if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
    // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
  } else if (ExprKind == UETT_AlignOf) {
    isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(*this, E);
  } else if (ExprKind == UETT_VecStep) {
    isInvalid = CheckVecStepExpr(E);
  } else if (E->getBitField()) {  // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
    Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
    isInvalid = true;
  } else {
    isInvalid = CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(E, UETT_SizeOf);
  }

  if (isInvalid)
    return ExprError();

  // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
  return Owned(new (Context) UnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(
      ExprKind, E, Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
      E->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
}

/// ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c
/// expr and the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
ExprResult
Sema::ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc,
                                    UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind, bool isType,
                                    void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
  // If error parsing type, ignore.
  if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();

  if (isType) {
    TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
    (void) GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx), &TInfo);
    return CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TInfo, OpLoc, ExprKind, ArgRange);
  }

  Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
  ExprResult Result = CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, ExprKind);
  return move(Result);
}

static QualType CheckRealImagOperand(Sema &S, ExprResult &V, SourceLocation Loc,
                                     bool isReal) {
  if (V.get()->isTypeDependent())
    return S.Context.DependentTy;

  // _Real and _Imag are only l-values for normal l-values.
  if (V.get()->getObjectKind() != OK_Ordinary) {
    V = S.DefaultLvalueConversion(V.take());
    if (V.isInvalid())
      return QualType();
  }

  // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
  if (const ComplexType *CT = V.get()->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>())
    return CT->getElementType();

  // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
  if (V.get()->getType()->isArithmeticType())
    return V.get()->getType();

  // Test for placeholders.
  ExprResult PR = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(V.get());
  if (PR.isInvalid()) return QualType();
  if (PR.get() != V.get()) {
    V = move(PR);
    return CheckRealImagOperand(S, V, Loc, isReal);
  }

  // Reject anything else.
  S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V.get()->getType()
    << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
  return QualType();
}



ExprResult
Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
                          tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input) {
  UnaryOperatorKind Opc;
  switch (Kind) {
  default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
  case tok::plusplus:   Opc = UO_PostInc; break;
  case tok::minusminus: Opc = UO_PostDec; break;
  }

  return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, Opc, Input);
}

ExprResult
Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
                              Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
  // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
  ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Base);
  if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
  Base = Result.take();

  Expr *LHSExp = Base, *RHSExp = Idx;

  if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
      (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
    return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
                                                  Context.DependentTy,
                                                  VK_LValue, OK_Ordinary,
                                                  RLoc));
  }

  if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
      (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
       LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
       RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
       RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
    return CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(LLoc, RLoc, Base, Idx);
  }

  return CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Base, LLoc, Idx, RLoc);
}


ExprResult
Sema::CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
                                     Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
  Expr *LHSExp = Base;
  Expr *RHSExp = Idx;

  // Perform default conversions.
  if (!LHSExp->getType()->getAs<VectorType>()) {
    ExprResult Result = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHSExp);
    if (Result.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();
    LHSExp = Result.take();
  }
  ExprResult Result = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHSExp);
  if (Result.isInvalid())
    return ExprError();
  RHSExp = Result.take();

  QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
  ExprValueKind VK = VK_LValue;
  ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;

  // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
  // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
  // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
  // and index from the expression types.
  Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
  QualType ResultType;
  if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
    BaseExpr = LHSExp;
    IndexExpr = RHSExp;
    ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
  } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
    BaseExpr = LHSExp;
    IndexExpr = RHSExp;
    ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
  } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
     // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
    BaseExpr = RHSExp;
    IndexExpr = LHSExp;
    ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
  } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
               LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
    BaseExpr = LHSExp;
    IndexExpr = RHSExp;
    ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
  } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
               RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
     // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
    BaseExpr = RHSExp;
    IndexExpr = LHSExp;
    ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
  } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
    BaseExpr = LHSExp;    // vectors: V[123]
    IndexExpr = RHSExp;
    VK = LHSExp->getValueKind();
    if (VK != VK_RValue)
      OK = OK_VectorComponent;

    // FIXME: need to deal with const...
    ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
  } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
    // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
    // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion, it must be an array that
    // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
    // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays.  Warn, then
    // force the promotion here.
    Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
        LHSExp->getSourceRange();
    LHSExp = ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy),
                               CK_ArrayToPointerDecay).take();
    LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();

    BaseExpr = LHSExp;
    IndexExpr = RHSExp;
    ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
  } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
    // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
    Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
        RHSExp->getSourceRange();
    RHSExp = ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy),
                               CK_ArrayToPointerDecay).take();
    RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();

    BaseExpr = RHSExp;
    IndexExpr = LHSExp;
    ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
  } else {
    return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
       << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
  }
  // C99 6.5.2.1p1
  if (!IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
    return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
                     << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());

  if ((IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_S) ||
       IndexExpr->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char_U))
         && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
    Diag(LLoc, diag::warn_subscript_is_char) << IndexExpr->getSourceRange();

  // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
  // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
  // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
  // incomplete types are not object types.
  if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
    Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
      << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
    return ExprError();
  }

  if (ResultType->isVoidType() && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
    // GNU extension: subscripting on pointer to void
    Diag(LLoc, diag::ext_gnu_subscript_void_type)
      << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();

    // C forbids expressions of unqualified void type from being l-values.
    // See IsCForbiddenLValueType.
    if (!ResultType.hasQualifiers()) VK = VK_RValue;
  } else if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
      RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType,
                          PDiag(diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type)
                            << BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
    return ExprError();

  // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
  if (ResultType->isObjCObjectType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
    Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
      << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
    return ExprError();
  }

  assert(VK == VK_RValue || LangOpts.CPlusPlus ||
         !ResultType.isCForbiddenLValueType());

  return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
                                                ResultType, VK, OK, RLoc));
}

ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
                                        FunctionDecl *FD,
                                        ParmVarDecl *Param) {
  if (Param->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
    Diag(CallLoc,
         diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
      FD << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
    Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[Param],
         diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
    return ExprError();
  }

  if (Param->hasUninstantiatedDefaultArg()) {
    Expr *UninstExpr = Param->getUninstantiatedDefaultArg();

    // Instantiate the expression.
    MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList ArgList
      = getTemplateInstantiationArgs(FD, 0, /*RelativeToPrimary=*/true);

    std::pair<const TemplateArgument *, unsigned> Innermost
      = ArgList.getInnermost();
    InstantiatingTemplate Inst(*this, CallLoc, Param, Innermost.first,
                               Innermost.second);

    ExprResult Result;
    {
      // C++ [dcl.fct.default]p5:
      //   The names in the [default argument] expression are bound, and
      //   the semantic constraints are checked, at the point where the
      //   default argument expression appears.
      ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, FD);
      Result = SubstExpr(UninstExpr, ArgList);
    }
    if (Result.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();

    // Check the expression as an initializer for the parameter.
    InitializedEntity Entity
      = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, Param);
    InitializationKind Kind
      = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Param->getLocation(),
             /*FIXME:EqualLoc*/UninstExpr->getSourceRange().getBegin());
    Expr *ResultE = Result.takeAs<Expr>();

    InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &ResultE, 1);
    Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
                             MultiExprArg(*this, &ResultE, 1));
    if (Result.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();

    // Build the default argument expression.
    return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param,
                                           Result.takeAs<Expr>()));
  }

  // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
  // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
  // be properly destroyed.
  // FIXME: We should really be rebuilding the default argument with new
  // bound temporaries; see the comment in PR5810.
  for (unsigned i = 0, e = Param->getNumDefaultArgTemporaries(); i != e; ++i) {
    CXXTemporary *Temporary = Param->getDefaultArgTemporary(i);
    MarkDeclarationReferenced(Param->getDefaultArg()->getLocStart(),
                    const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(Temporary->getDestructor()));
    ExprTemporaries.push_back(Temporary);
    ExprNeedsCleanups = true;
  }

  // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
  // Just mark all of the declarations in this potentially-evaluated expression
  // as being "referenced".
  MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Param->getDefaultArg());
  return Owned(CXXDefaultArgExpr::Create(Context, CallLoc, Param));
}

/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
/// true if the call is ill-formed.
bool
Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
                              FunctionDecl *FDecl,
                              const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
                              Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
                              SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
  // Bail out early if calling a builtin with custom typechecking.
  // We don't need to do this in the
  if (FDecl)
    if (unsigned ID = FDecl->getBuiltinID())
      if (Context.BuiltinInfo.hasCustomTypechecking(ID))
        return false;

  // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
  // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
  unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
  bool Invalid = false;

  // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
  // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
  if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
    if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
      return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
        << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()
        << NumArgsInProto << NumArgs << Fn->getSourceRange();
    Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
  }

  // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
  // them.
  if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
    if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
      Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
           diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
        << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()
        << NumArgsInProto << NumArgs << Fn->getSourceRange()
        << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
                       Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());

      // Emit the location of the prototype.
      if (FDecl && !FDecl->getBuiltinID())
        Diag(FDecl->getLocStart(),
             diag::note_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
             << FDecl;

      // This deletes the extra arguments.
      Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
      return true;
    }
  }
  llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllArgs;
  VariadicCallType CallType =
    Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction : VariadicDoesNotApply;
  if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
    CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
  else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
    CallType = VariadicMethod;
  Invalid = GatherArgumentsForCall(Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(), FDecl,
                                   Proto, 0, Args, NumArgs, AllArgs, CallType);
  if (Invalid)
    return true;
  unsigned TotalNumArgs = AllArgs.size();
  for (unsigned i = 0; i < TotalNumArgs; ++i)
    Call->setArg(i, AllArgs[i]);

  return false;
}

bool Sema::GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc,
                                  FunctionDecl *FDecl,
                                  const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
                                  unsigned FirstProtoArg,
                                  Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
                                  llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> &AllArgs,
                                  VariadicCallType CallType) {
  unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
  unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
  bool Invalid = false;
  if (NumArgs != NumArgsInProto)
    // Use default arguments for missing arguments
    NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
  unsigned ArgIx = 0;
  // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
  for (unsigned i = FirstProtoArg; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
    QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);

    Expr *Arg;
    if (ArgIx < NumArgs) {
      Arg = Args[ArgIx++];

      if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
                              ProtoArgType,
                              PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
                              << Arg->getSourceRange()))
        return true;

      // Pass the argument
      ParmVarDecl *Param = 0;
      if (FDecl && i < FDecl->getNumParams())
        Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);

      InitializedEntity Entity =
        Param? InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, Param)
             : InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, ProtoArgType,
                                                      Proto->isArgConsumed(i));
      ExprResult ArgE = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
                                                  SourceLocation(),
                                                  Owned(Arg));
      if (ArgE.isInvalid())
        return true;

      Arg = ArgE.takeAs<Expr>();
    } else {
      ParmVarDecl *Param = FDecl->getParamDecl(i);

      ExprResult ArgExpr =
        BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(CallLoc, FDecl, Param);
      if (ArgExpr.isInvalid())
        return true;

      Arg = ArgExpr.takeAs<Expr>();
    }
    AllArgs.push_back(Arg);
  }

  // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
  if (CallType != VariadicDoesNotApply) {

    // Assume that extern "C" functions with variadic arguments that
    // return __unknown_anytype aren't *really* variadic.
    if (Proto->getResultType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy &&
        FDecl && FDecl->isExternC()) {
      for (unsigned i = ArgIx; i != NumArgs; ++i) {
        ExprResult arg;
        if (isa<ExplicitCastExpr>(Args[i]->IgnoreParens()))
          arg = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Args[i]);
        else
          arg = DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Args[i], CallType, FDecl);
        Invalid |= arg.isInvalid();
        AllArgs.push_back(arg.take());
      }

    // Otherwise do argument promotion, (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
    } else {
      for (unsigned i = ArgIx; i != NumArgs; ++i) {
        ExprResult Arg = DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Args[i], CallType, FDecl);
        Invalid |= Arg.isInvalid();
        AllArgs.push_back(Arg.take());
      }
    }
  }
  return Invalid;
}

/// Given a function expression of unknown-any type, try to rebuild it
/// to have a function type.
static ExprResult rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(Sema &S, Expr *fn);

/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
/// locations.
ExprResult
Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
                    MultiExprArg args, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
                    Expr *ExecConfig) {
  unsigned NumArgs = args.size();

  // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs.
  ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Fn);
  if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
  Fn = Result.take();

  Expr **Args = args.release();

  if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
    // If this is a pseudo-destructor expression, build the call immediately.
    if (isa<CXXPseudoDestructorExpr>(Fn)) {
      if (NumArgs > 0) {
        // Pseudo-destructor calls should not have any arguments.
        Diag(Fn->getLocStart(), diag::err_pseudo_dtor_call_with_args)
          << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
                                    SourceRange(Args[0]->getLocStart(),
                                                Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd()));

        NumArgs = 0;
      }

      return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, 0, 0, Context.VoidTy,
                                          VK_RValue, RParenLoc));
    }

    // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
    // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
    // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
    // Fn.
    bool Dependent = false;
    if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
      Dependent = true;
    else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
      Dependent = true;

    if (Dependent) {
      if (ExecConfig) {
        return Owned(new (Context) CUDAKernelCallExpr(
            Context, Fn, cast<CallExpr>(ExecConfig), Args, NumArgs,
            Context.DependentTy, VK_RValue, RParenLoc));
      } else {
        return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
                                            Context.DependentTy, VK_RValue,
                                            RParenLoc));
      }
    }

    // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
    if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
      return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
                                                RParenLoc));

    if (Fn->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
      ExprResult result = rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(*this, Fn);
      if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
      Fn = result.take();
    }

    if (Fn->getType() == Context.BoundMemberTy) {
      return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
                                       RParenLoc);
    }
  }

  // Check for overloaded calls.  This can happen even in C due to extensions.
  if (Fn->getType() == Context.OverloadTy) {
    OverloadExpr::FindResult find = OverloadExpr::find(Fn);

    // We aren't supposed to apply this logic if there's an '&' involved.
    if (!find.IsAddressOfOperand) {
      OverloadExpr *ovl = find.Expression;
      if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(ovl)) {
        UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE = cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(ovl);
        return BuildOverloadedCallExpr(S, Fn, ULE, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
                                       RParenLoc, ExecConfig);
      } else {
        return BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
                                         RParenLoc);
      }
    }
  }

  // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.

  Expr *NakedFn = Fn->IgnoreParens();

  NamedDecl *NDecl = 0;
  if (UnaryOperator *UnOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(NakedFn))
    if (UnOp->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf)
      NakedFn = UnOp->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens();

  if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn))
    NDecl = cast<DeclRefExpr>(NakedFn)->getDecl();
  else if (isa<MemberExpr>(NakedFn))
    NDecl = cast<MemberExpr>(NakedFn)->getMemberDecl();

  return BuildResolvedCallExpr(Fn, NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, RParenLoc,
                               ExecConfig);
}

ExprResult
Sema::ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc,
                              MultiExprArg execConfig, SourceLocation GGGLoc) {
  FunctionDecl *ConfigDecl = Context.getcudaConfigureCallDecl();
  if (!ConfigDecl)
    return ExprError(Diag(LLLLoc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use)
                          << "cudaConfigureCall");
  QualType ConfigQTy = ConfigDecl->getType();

  DeclRefExpr *ConfigDR = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(
      ConfigDecl, ConfigQTy, VK_LValue, LLLLoc);

  return ActOnCallExpr(S, ConfigDR, LLLLoc, execConfig, GGGLoc, 0);
}

/// ActOnAsTypeExpr - create a new asType (bitcast) from the arguments.
///
/// __builtin_astype( value, dst type )
///
ExprResult Sema::ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *expr, ParsedType destty,
                                 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
                                 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
  ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
  ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
  QualType DstTy = GetTypeFromParser(destty);
  QualType SrcTy = expr->getType();
  if (Context.getTypeSize(DstTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
    return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc,
                          diag::err_invalid_astype_of_different_size)
                     << DstTy
                     << SrcTy
                     << expr->getSourceRange());
  return Owned(new (Context) AsTypeExpr(expr, DstTy, VK, OK, BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc));
}

/// BuildResolvedCallExpr - Build a call to a resolved expression,
/// i.e. an expression not of \p OverloadTy.  The expression should
/// unary-convert to an expression of function-pointer or
/// block-pointer type.
///
/// \param NDecl the declaration being called, if available
ExprResult
Sema::BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
                            SourceLocation LParenLoc,
                            Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
                            SourceLocation RParenLoc,
                            Expr *Config) {
  FunctionDecl *FDecl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);

  // Promote the function operand.
  ExprResult Result = UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
  if (Result.isInvalid())
    return ExprError();
  Fn = Result.take();

  // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks.  This guarantees cleanup
  // of arguments and function on error.
  CallExpr *TheCall;
  if (Config) {
    TheCall = new (Context) CUDAKernelCallExpr(Context, Fn,
                                               cast<CallExpr>(Config),
                                               Args, NumArgs,
                                               Context.BoolTy,
                                               VK_RValue,
                                               RParenLoc);
  } else {
    TheCall = new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
                                     Args, NumArgs,
                                     Context.BoolTy,
                                     VK_RValue,
                                     RParenLoc);
  }

  unsigned BuiltinID = (FDecl ? FDecl->getBuiltinID() : 0);

  // Bail out early if calling a builtin with custom typechecking.
  if (BuiltinID && Context.BuiltinInfo.hasCustomTypechecking(BuiltinID))
    return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall);

 retry:
  const FunctionType *FuncT;
  if (const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
    // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
    // have type pointer to function".
    FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
    if (FuncT == 0)
      return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
                         << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
  } else if (const BlockPointerType *BPT =
               Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
    FuncT = BPT->getPointeeType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
  } else {
    // Handle calls to expressions of unknown-any type.
    if (Fn->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
      ExprResult rewrite = rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(*this, Fn);
      if (rewrite.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
      Fn = rewrite.take();
      TheCall->setCallee(Fn);
      goto retry;
    }

    return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
      << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
  }

  if (getLangOptions().CUDA) {
    if (Config) {
      // CUDA: Kernel calls must be to global functions
      if (FDecl && !FDecl->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>())
        return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc,diag::err_kern_call_not_global_function)
            << FDecl->getName() << Fn->getSourceRange());

      // CUDA: Kernel function must have 'void' return type
      if (!FuncT->getResultType()->isVoidType())
        return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_kern_type_not_void_return)
            << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
    }
  }

  // Check for a valid return type
  if (CheckCallReturnType(FuncT->getResultType(),
                          Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(), TheCall,
                          FDecl))
    return ExprError();

  // We know the result type of the call, set it.
  TheCall->setType(FuncT->getCallResultType(Context));
  TheCall->setValueKind(Expr::getValueKindForType(FuncT->getResultType()));

  if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
    if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
                                RParenLoc))
      return ExprError();
  } else {
    assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");

    if (FDecl) {
      // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
      // on our knowledge of the function definition.
      const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
      if (FDecl->hasBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
        const FunctionProtoType *Proto
          = Def->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
        if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size()))
          Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
            << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
      }

      // If the function we're calling isn't a function prototype, but we have
      // a function prototype from a prior declaratiom, use that prototype.
      if (!FDecl->hasPrototype())
        Proto = FDecl->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
    }

    // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
    for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
      Expr *Arg = Args[i];

      if (Proto && i < Proto->getNumArgs()) {
        InitializedEntity Entity
          = InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context,
                                                   Proto->getArgType(i),
                                                   Proto->isArgConsumed(i));
        ExprResult ArgE = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity,
                                                    SourceLocation(),
                                                    Owned(Arg));
        if (ArgE.isInvalid())
          return true;

        Arg = ArgE.takeAs<Expr>();

      } else {
        ExprResult ArgE = DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);

        if (ArgE.isInvalid())
          return true;

        Arg = ArgE.takeAs<Expr>();
      }

      if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
                              Arg->getType(),
                              PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_argument)
                                << Arg->getSourceRange()))
        return ExprError();

      TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
    }
  }

  if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
    if (!Method->isStatic())
      return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
        << Fn->getSourceRange());

  // Check for sentinels
  if (NDecl)
    DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);

  // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
  if (FDecl) {
    if (CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall))
      return ExprError();

    if (BuiltinID)
      return CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(BuiltinID, TheCall);
  } else if (NDecl) {
    if (CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall))
      return ExprError();
  }

  return MaybeBindToTemporary(TheCall);
}

ExprResult
Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, ParsedType Ty,
                           SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *InitExpr) {
  assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
  // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
  //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");

  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
  QualType literalType = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TInfo);
  if (!TInfo)
    TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(literalType);

  return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, InitExpr);
}

ExprResult
Sema::BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
                               SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *literalExpr) {
  QualType literalType = TInfo->getType();

  if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
    if (RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, Context.getBaseElementType(literalType),
             PDiag(diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)
               << SourceRange(LParenLoc,
                              literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
      return ExprError();
    if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
      return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
        << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
  } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
             RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
                      PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
                        << SourceRange(LParenLoc,
                                       literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
    return ExprError();

  InitializedEntity Entity
    = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(literalType);
  InitializationKind Kind
    = InitializationKind::CreateCStyleCast(LParenLoc,
                                           SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
  InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, &literalExpr, 1);
  ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind,
                                       MultiExprArg(*this, &literalExpr, 1),
                                            &literalType);
  if (Result.isInvalid())
    return ExprError();
  literalExpr = Result.get();

  bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
  if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
    if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
      return ExprError();
  }

  // In C, compound literals are l-values for some reason.
  ExprValueKind VK = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? VK_RValue : VK_LValue;

  return MaybeBindToTemporary(
           new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, literalType,
                                             VK, literalExpr, isFileScope));
}

ExprResult
Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
                    SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
  unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
  Expr **InitList = initlist.release();

  // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
  // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.

  InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(Context, LBraceLoc, InitList,
                                               NumInit, RBraceLoc);
  E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
  return Owned(E);
}

/// Prepares for a scalar cast, performing all the necessary stages
/// except the final cast and returning the kind required.
static CastKind PrepareScalarCast(Sema &S, ExprResult &Src, QualType DestTy) {
  // Both Src and Dest are scalar types, i.e. arithmetic or pointer.
  // Also, callers should have filtered out the invalid cases with
  // pointers.  Everything else should be possible.

  QualType SrcTy = Src.get()->getType();
  if (S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SrcTy, DestTy))
    return CK_NoOp;

  switch (SrcTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
  case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
    llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C");

  case Type::STK_Pointer:
    switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
    case Type::STK_Pointer:
      return DestTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() ?
                CK_AnyPointerToObjCPointerCast :
                CK_BitCast;
    case Type::STK_Bool:
      return CK_PointerToBoolean;
    case Type::STK_Integral:
      return CK_PointerToIntegral;
    case Type::STK_Floating:
    case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
    case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
    case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
      llvm_unreachable("illegal cast from pointer");
    }
    break;

  case Type::STK_Bool: // casting from bool is like casting from an integer
  case Type::STK_Integral:
    switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
    case Type::STK_Pointer:
      if (Src.get()->isNullPointerConstant(S.Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull))
        return CK_NullToPointer;
      return CK_IntegralToPointer;
    case Type::STK_Bool:
      return CK_IntegralToBoolean;
    case Type::STK_Integral:
      return CK_IntegralCast;
    case Type::STK_Floating:
      return CK_IntegralToFloating;
    case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
      Src = S.ImpCastExprToType(Src.take(), DestTy->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
                                CK_IntegralCast);
      return CK_IntegralRealToComplex;
    case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
      Src = S.ImpCastExprToType(Src.take(), DestTy->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
                                CK_IntegralToFloating);
      return CK_FloatingRealToComplex;
    case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
      llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C");
    }
    break;

  case Type::STK_Floating:
    switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
    case Type::STK_Floating:
      return CK_FloatingCast;
    case Type::STK_Bool:
      return CK_FloatingToBoolean;
    case Type::STK_Integral:
      return CK_FloatingToIntegral;
    case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
      Src = S.ImpCastExprToType(Src.take(), DestTy->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
                                CK_FloatingCast);
      return CK_FloatingRealToComplex;
    case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
      Src = S.ImpCastExprToType(Src.take(), DestTy->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
                                CK_FloatingToIntegral);
      return CK_IntegralRealToComplex;
    case Type::STK_Pointer:
      llvm_unreachable("valid float->pointer cast?");
    case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
      llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C");
    }
    break;

  case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
    switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
    case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
      return CK_FloatingComplexCast;
    case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
      return CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex;
    case Type::STK_Floating: {
      QualType ET = SrcTy->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
      if (S.Context.hasSameType(ET, DestTy))
        return CK_FloatingComplexToReal;
      Src = S.ImpCastExprToType(Src.take(), ET, CK_FloatingComplexToReal);
      return CK_FloatingCast;
    }
    case Type::STK_Bool:
      return CK_FloatingComplexToBoolean;
    case Type::STK_Integral:
      Src = S.ImpCastExprToType(Src.take(), SrcTy->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
                                CK_FloatingComplexToReal);
      return CK_FloatingToIntegral;
    case Type::STK_Pointer:
      llvm_unreachable("valid complex float->pointer cast?");
    case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
      llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C");
    }
    break;

  case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
    switch (DestTy->getScalarTypeKind()) {
    case Type::STK_FloatingComplex:
      return CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex;
    case Type::STK_IntegralComplex:
      return CK_IntegralComplexCast;
    case Type::STK_Integral: {
      QualType ET = SrcTy->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType();
      if (S.Context.hasSameType(ET, DestTy))
        return CK_IntegralComplexToReal;
      Src = S.ImpCastExprToType(Src.take(), ET, CK_IntegralComplexToReal);
      return CK_IntegralCast;
    }
    case Type::STK_Bool:
      return CK_IntegralComplexToBoolean;
    case Type::STK_Floating:
      Src = S.ImpCastExprToType(Src.take(), SrcTy->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(),
                                CK_IntegralComplexToReal);
      return CK_IntegralToFloating;
    case Type::STK_Pointer:
      llvm_unreachable("valid complex int->pointer cast?");
    case Type::STK_MemberPointer:
      llvm_unreachable("member pointer type in C");
    }
    break;
  }

  llvm_unreachable("Unhandled scalar cast");
  return CK_BitCast;
}

/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
ExprResult Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceLocation CastStartLoc, SourceRange TyR,
                                QualType castType, Expr *castExpr,
                                CastKind& Kind, ExprValueKind &VK,
                                CXXCastPath &BasePath, bool FunctionalStyle) {
  if (castExpr->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy)
    return checkUnknownAnyCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, VK, BasePath);

  if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
    return CXXCheckCStyleCast(SourceRange(CastStartLoc,
                                          castExpr->getLocEnd()),
                              castType, VK, castExpr, Kind, BasePath,
                              FunctionalStyle);

  assert(!castExpr->getType()->isPlaceholderType());

  // We only support r-value casts in C.
  VK = VK_RValue;

  // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
  // type needs to be scalar.
  if (castType->isVoidType()) {
    // We don't necessarily do lvalue-to-rvalue conversions on this.
    ExprResult castExprRes = IgnoredValueConversions(castExpr);
    if (castExprRes.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();
    castExpr = castExprRes.take();

    // Cast to void allows any expr type.
    Kind = CK_ToVoid;
    return Owned(castExpr);
  }

  ExprResult castExprRes = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(castExpr);
  if (castExprRes.isInvalid())
    return ExprError();
  castExpr = castExprRes.take();

  if (RequireCompleteType(TyR.getBegin(), castType,
                          diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_incomplete))
    return ExprError();

  if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
    if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(castType, castExpr->getType()) &&
        (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
      // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
      // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
      Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
        << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
      Kind = CK_NoOp;
      return Owned(castExpr);
    }

    if (castType->isUnionType()) {
      // GCC cast to union extension
      RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
      RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
      for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
           Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
        if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Field->getType(),
                                           castExpr->getType()) &&
            !Field->isUnnamedBitfield()) {
          Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
            << castExpr->getSourceRange();
          break;
        }
      }
      if (Field == FieldEnd) {
        Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
          << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
        return ExprError();
      }
      Kind = CK_ToUnion;
      return Owned(castExpr);
    }

    // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
    Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
      << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
    return ExprError();
  }

  // The type we're casting to is known to be a scalar or vector.

  // Require the operand to be a scalar or vector.
  if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
      !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
    Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
                diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
      << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
    return ExprError();
  }

  if (castType->isExtVectorType())
    return CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind);

  if (castType->isVectorType()) {
    if (castType->getAs<VectorType>()->getVectorKind() ==
        VectorType::AltiVecVector &&
          (castExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() ||
           castExpr->getType()->isFloatingType())) {
      Kind = CK_VectorSplat;
      return Owned(castExpr);
    } else if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType(), Kind)) {
      return ExprError();
    } else
      return Owned(castExpr);
  }
  if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
    if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType, Kind))
      return ExprError();
    else
      return Owned(castExpr);
  }

  // The source and target types are both scalars, i.e.
  //   - arithmetic types (fundamental, enum, and complex)
  //   - all kinds of pointers
  // Note that member pointers were filtered out with C++, above.

  if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr)) {
    Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
    return ExprError();
  }

  // If either type is a pointer, the other type has to be either an
  // integer or a pointer.
  QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
  if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
    if (!castExprType->isIntegralType(Context) &&
        castExprType->isArithmeticType()) {
      Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
           diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
        << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
      return ExprError();
    }
  } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
    if (!castType->isIntegralType(Context) && castType->isArithmeticType()) {
      Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
        << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
      return ExprError();
    }
  }

  if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
    // Diagnose problems with Objective-C casts involving lifetime qualifiers.
    CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange(CastStartLoc, castExpr->getLocEnd()),
                           castType, castExpr, CCK_CStyleCast);

    if (const PointerType *CastPtr = castType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
      if (const PointerType *ExprPtr = castExprType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
        Qualifiers CastQuals = CastPtr->getPointeeType().getQualifiers();
        Qualifiers ExprQuals = ExprPtr->getPointeeType().getQualifiers();
        if (CastPtr->getPointeeType()->isObjCLifetimeType() &&
            ExprPtr->getPointeeType()->isObjCLifetimeType() &&
            !CastQuals.compatiblyIncludesObjCLifetime(ExprQuals)) {
          Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
               diag::err_typecheck_incompatible_ownership)
            << castExprType << castType << AA_Casting
            << castExpr->getSourceRange();

          return ExprError();
        }
      }
    }
    else if (!CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(castType, castExprType)) {
           Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
                diag::err_arc_convesion_of_weak_unavailable) << 1
                << castExprType << castType
                << castExpr->getSourceRange();
          return ExprError();
    }
  }

  castExprRes = Owned(castExpr);
  Kind = PrepareScalarCast(*this, castExprRes, castType);
  if (castExprRes.isInvalid())
    return ExprError();
  castExpr = castExprRes.take();

  if (Kind == CK_BitCast)
    CheckCastAlign(castExpr, castType, TyR);

  return Owned(castExpr);
}

bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
                           CastKind &Kind) {
  assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");

  if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
    if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
      return Diag(R.getBegin(),
                  Ty->isVectorType() ?
                  diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
                  diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
        << VectorTy << Ty << R;
  } else
    return Diag(R.getBegin(),
                diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
      << VectorTy << Ty << R;

  Kind = CK_BitCast;
  return false;
}

ExprResult Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy,
                                    Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &Kind) {
  assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");

  QualType SrcTy = CastExpr->getType();

  // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
  // an ExtVectorType.
  if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
    if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy)) {
      Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
        << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
      return ExprError();
    }
    Kind = CK_BitCast;
    return Owned(CastExpr);
  }

  // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type.  The appropriate
  // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
  // splat from elt type to vector.
  if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
    return Diag(R.getBegin(),
                diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
      << DestTy << SrcTy << R;

  QualType DestElemTy = DestTy->getAs<ExtVectorType>()->getElementType();
  ExprResult CastExprRes = Owned(CastExpr);
  CastKind CK = PrepareScalarCast(*this, CastExprRes, DestElemTy);
  if (CastExprRes.isInvalid())
    return ExprError();
  CastExpr = ImpCastExprToType(CastExprRes.take(), DestElemTy, CK).take();

  Kind = CK_VectorSplat;
  return Owned(CastExpr);
}

ExprResult
Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
                    Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty,
                    SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *castExpr) {
  assert(!D.isInvalidType() && (castExpr != 0) &&
         "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");

  TypeSourceInfo *castTInfo = GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(D, castExpr->getType());
  if (D.isInvalidType())
    return ExprError();

  if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
    // Check that there are no default arguments (C++ only).
    CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
  }

  QualType castType = castTInfo->getType();
  Ty = CreateParsedType(castType, castTInfo);

  bool isVectorLiteral = false;

  // Check for an altivec or OpenCL literal,
  // i.e. all the elements are integer constants.
  ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(castExpr);
  ParenListExpr *PLE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(castExpr);
  if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && castType->isVectorType() && (PE || PLE)) {
    if (PLE && PLE->getNumExprs() == 0) {
      Diag(PLE->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
      return ExprError();
    }
    if (PE || PLE->getNumExprs() == 1) {
      Expr *E = (PE ? PE->getSubExpr() : PLE->getExpr(0));
      if (!E->getType()->isVectorType())
        isVectorLiteral = true;
    }
    else
      isVectorLiteral = true;
  }

  // If this is a vector initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
  // then handle it as such.
  if (isVectorLiteral)
    return BuildVectorLiteral(LParenLoc, RParenLoc, castExpr, castTInfo);

  // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
  // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
  // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
  if (isa<ParenListExpr>(castExpr)) {
    ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, castExpr);
    if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
    castExpr = Result.take();
  }

  return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, castTInfo, RParenLoc, castExpr);
}

ExprResult
Sema::BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeSourceInfo *Ty,
                          SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *castExpr) {
  CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
  ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
  CXXCastPath BasePath;
  ExprResult CastResult =
    CheckCastTypes(LParenLoc, SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), Ty->getType(),
                   castExpr, Kind, VK, BasePath);
  if (CastResult.isInvalid())
    return ExprError();
  castExpr = CastResult.take();

  return Owned(CStyleCastExpr::Create(Context,
                                      Ty->getType().getNonLValueExprType(Context),
                                      VK, Kind, castExpr, &BasePath, Ty,
                                      LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
}

ExprResult Sema::BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
                                    SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E,
                                    TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
  assert((isa<ParenListExpr>(E) || isa<ParenExpr>(E)) &&
         "Expected paren or paren list expression");

  Expr **exprs;
  unsigned numExprs;
  Expr *subExpr;
  if (ParenListExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(E)) {
    exprs = PE->getExprs();
    numExprs = PE->getNumExprs();
  } else {
    subExpr = cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr();
    exprs = &subExpr;
    numExprs = 1;
  }

  QualType Ty = TInfo->getType();
  assert(Ty->isVectorType() && "Expected vector type");

  llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
  const VectorType *VTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>();
  unsigned numElems = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()->getNumElements();

  // '(...)' form of vector initialization in AltiVec: the number of
  // initializers must be one or must match the size of the vector.
  // If a single value is specified in the initializer then it will be
  // replicated to all the components of the vector
  if (VTy->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecVector) {
    // The number of initializers must be one or must match the size of the
    // vector. If a single value is specified in the initializer then it will
    // be replicated to all the components of the vector
    if (numExprs == 1) {
      QualType ElemTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()->getElementType();
      ExprResult Literal = Owned(exprs[0]);
      Literal = ImpCastExprToType(Literal.take(), ElemTy,
                                  PrepareScalarCast(*this, Literal, ElemTy));
      return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, Literal.take());
    }
    else if (numExprs < numElems) {
      Diag(E->getExprLoc(),
           diag::err_incorrect_number_of_vector_initializers);
      return ExprError();
    }
    else
      for (unsigned i = 0, e = numExprs; i != e; ++i)
        initExprs.push_back(exprs[i]);
  }
  else {
    // For OpenCL, when the number of initializers is a single value,
    // it will be replicated to all components of the vector.
    if (getLangOptions().OpenCL &&
        VTy->getVectorKind() == VectorType::GenericVector &&
        numExprs == 1) {
        QualType ElemTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()->getElementType();
        ExprResult Literal = Owned(exprs[0]);
        Literal = ImpCastExprToType(Literal.take(), ElemTy,
                                    PrepareScalarCast(*this, Literal, ElemTy));
        return BuildCStyleCastExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, Literal.take());
    }

    for (unsigned i = 0, e = numExprs; i != e; ++i)
      initExprs.push_back(exprs[i]);
  }
  // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
  // braces instead of the original commas.
  InitListExpr *initE = new (Context) InitListExpr(Context, LParenLoc,
                                                   &initExprs[0],
                                                   initExprs.size(), RParenLoc);
  initE->setType(Ty);
  return BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc, initE);
}

/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence
/// of comma binary operators.
ExprResult
Sema::MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *expr) {
  ParenListExpr *E = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(expr);
  if (!E)
    return Owned(expr);

  ExprResult Result(E->getExpr(0));

  for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
    Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, Result.get(),
                        E->getExpr(i));

  if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();

  return ActOnParenExpr(E->getLParenLoc(), E->getRParenLoc(), Result.get());
}

ExprResult Sema::ActOnParenOrParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
                                                  SourceLocation R,
                                                  MultiExprArg Val) {
  unsigned nexprs = Val.size();
  Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release());
  assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenOrParenListExpr() missing expr list");
  Expr *expr;
  if (nexprs == 1)
    expr = new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, exprs[0]);
  else
    expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R,
                                       exprs[nexprs-1]->getType());
  return Owned(expr);
}

/// \brief Emit a specialized diagnostic when one expression is a null pointer
/// constant and the other is not a pointer.
bool Sema::DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS,
                                      SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
  Expr *NullExpr = LHS;
  Expr *NonPointerExpr = RHS;
  Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullKind =
      NullExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
                                      Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull);

  if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_NotNull) {
    NullExpr = RHS;
    NonPointerExpr = LHS;
    NullKind =
        NullExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
                                        Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull);
  }

  if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_NotNull)
    return false;

  if (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_ZeroInteger) {
    // In this case, check to make sure that we got here from a "NULL"
    // string in the source code.
    NullExpr = NullExpr->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
    SourceLocation loc = NullExpr->getExprLoc();
    if (!findMacroSpelling(loc, "NULL"))
      return false;
  }

  int DiagType = (NullKind == Expr::NPCK_CXX0X_nullptr);
  Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands_null)
      << NonPointerExpr->getType() << DiagType
      << NonPointerExpr->getSourceRange();
  return true;
}

/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
/// In that case, lhs = cond.
/// C99 6.5.15
QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
                                        ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK,
                                        SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {

  ExprResult lhsResult = CheckPlaceholderExpr(LHS.get());
  if (!lhsResult.isUsable()) return QualType();
  LHS = move(lhsResult);

  ExprResult rhsResult = CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHS.get());
  if (!rhsResult.isUsable()) return QualType();
  RHS = move(rhsResult);

  // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
  if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
    return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, VK, OK, QuestionLoc);

  VK = VK_RValue;
  OK = OK_Ordinary;

  Cond = UsualUnaryConversions(Cond.take());
  if (Cond.isInvalid())
    return QualType();
  LHS = UsualUnaryConversions(LHS.take());
  if (LHS.isInvalid())
    return QualType();
  RHS = UsualUnaryConversions(RHS.take());
  if (RHS.isInvalid())
    return QualType();

  QualType CondTy = Cond.get()->getType();
  QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
  QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();

  // first, check the condition.
  if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
    // OpenCL: Sec 6.3.i says the condition is allowed to be a vector or scalar.
    // Throw an error if its not either.
    if (getLangOptions().OpenCL) {
      if (!CondTy->isVectorType()) {
        Diag(Cond.get()->getLocStart(),
             diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar_or_vector)
          << CondTy;
        return QualType();
      }
    }
    else {
      Diag(Cond.get()->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
        << CondTy;
      return QualType();
    }
  }

  // Now check the two expressions.
  if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType())
    return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, /*isCompAssign*/false);

  // OpenCL: If the condition is a vector, and both operands are scalar,
  // attempt to implicity convert them to the vector type to act like the
  // built in select.
  if (getLangOptions().OpenCL && CondTy->isVectorType()) {
    // Both operands should be of scalar type.
    if (!LHSTy->isScalarType()) {
      Diag(LHS.get()->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
        << CondTy;
      return QualType();
    }
    if (!RHSTy->isScalarType()) {
      Diag(RHS.get()->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
        << CondTy;
      return QualType();
    }
    // Implicity convert these scalars to the type of the condition.
    LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), CondTy, CK_IntegralCast);
    RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), CondTy, CK_IntegralCast);
  }

  // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
  // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
  if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
    UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
    if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
      return QualType();
    return LHS.get()->getType();
  }

  // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
  // type.
  if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {    // C99 6.5.15p3
    if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
      if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
        // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
        // that type."  This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
        return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
    // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
  }

  // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
  // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
  if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
    if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
      Diag(RHS.get()->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
        << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
    if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
      Diag(LHS.get()->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
        << LHS.get()->getSourceRange();
    LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid);
    RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid);
    return Context.VoidTy;
  }
  // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
  // the type of the other operand."
  if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
      RHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
    // promote the null to a pointer.
    RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSTy, CK_NullToPointer);
    return LHSTy;
  }
  if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
      LHS.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
    LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSTy, CK_NullToPointer);
    return RHSTy;
  }

  // All objective-c pointer type analysis is done here.
  QualType compositeType = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS,
                                                        QuestionLoc);
  if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
    return QualType();
  if (!compositeType.isNull())
    return compositeType;


  // Handle block pointer types.
  if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
    if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
      if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
        QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
        LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), destType, CK_BitCast);
        RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), destType, CK_BitCast);
        return destType;
      }
      Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
      << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
      return QualType();
    }
    // We have 2 block pointer types.
    if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
      // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
      return LHSTy;
    }
    // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
    QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
    QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();

    if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
                                    rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
      Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
      << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
      // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
      // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
      // to get a consistent AST.
      QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
      LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), incompatTy, CK_BitCast);
      RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), incompatTy, CK_BitCast);
      return incompatTy;
    }
    // The block pointer types are compatible.
    LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), LHSTy, CK_BitCast);
    RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSTy, CK_BitCast);
    return LHSTy;
  }

  // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
  if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
    // get the "pointed to" types
    QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
    QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();

    // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
    if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
      // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
      QualType destPointee
        = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
      QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
      // Add qualifiers if necessary.
      LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), destType, CK_NoOp);
      // Promote to void*.
      RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), destType, CK_BitCast);
      return destType;
    }
    if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
      QualType destPointee
        = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
      QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
      // Add qualifiers if necessary.
      RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), destType, CK_NoOp);
      // Promote to void*.
      LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), destType, CK_BitCast);
      return destType;
    }

    if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
      // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
      return LHSTy;
    }
    if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
                                    rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
      Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
        << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
      // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
      // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
      // to get a consistent AST.
      QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
      LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), incompatTy, CK_BitCast);
      RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), incompatTy, CK_BitCast);
      return incompatTy;
    }
    // The pointer types are compatible.
    // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
    // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
    // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
    // type.
    // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
    // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
    LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), LHSTy, CK_BitCast);
    RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSTy, CK_BitCast);
    return LHSTy;
  }

  // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.  Note that
  // null pointers have been filtered out by this point.
  if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
    Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
      << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
    LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSTy, CK_IntegralToPointer);
    return RHSTy;
  }
  if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
    Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
      << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
    RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSTy, CK_IntegralToPointer);
    return LHSTy;
  }

  // Emit a better diagnostic if one of the expressions is a null pointer
  // constant and the other is not a pointer type. In this case, the user most
  // likely forgot to take the address of the other expression.
  if (DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc))
    return QualType();

  // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
  Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
    << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
  return QualType();
}

/// FindCompositeObjCPointerType - Helper method to find composite type of
/// two objective-c pointer types of the two input expressions.
QualType Sema::FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
                                        SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
  QualType LHSTy = LHS.get()->getType();
  QualType RHSTy = RHS.get()->getType();

  // Handle things like Class and struct objc_class*.  Here we case the result
  // to the pseudo-builtin, because that will be implicitly cast back to the
  // redefinition type if an attempt is made to access its fields.
  if (LHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
      (Context.hasSameType(RHSTy, Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
    RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSTy, CK_BitCast);
    return LHSTy;
  }
  if (RHSTy->isObjCClassType() &&
      (Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType))) {
    LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSTy, CK_BitCast);
    return RHSTy;
  }
  // And the same for struct objc_object* / id
  if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
      (Context.hasSameType(RHSTy, Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType))) {
    RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSTy, CK_BitCast);
    return LHSTy;
  }
  if (RHSTy->isObjCIdType() &&
      (Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, Context.ObjCIdRedefinitionType))) {
    LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSTy, CK_BitCast);
    return RHSTy;
  }
  // And the same for struct objc_selector* / SEL
  if (Context.isObjCSelType(LHSTy) &&
      (Context.hasSameType(RHSTy, Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType))) {
    RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), LHSTy, CK_BitCast);
    return LHSTy;
  }
  if (Context.isObjCSelType(RHSTy) &&
      (Context.hasSameType(LHSTy, Context.ObjCSelRedefinitionType))) {
    LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), RHSTy, CK_BitCast);
    return RHSTy;
  }
  // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
  if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {

    if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
      // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
      return LHSTy;
    }
    const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
    const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
    QualType compositeType = LHSTy;

    // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
    // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
    // type. This allows
    //   xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
    // where B is a subclass of A.
    //
    // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
    // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
    // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
    // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.

    // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
    // It could return the composite type.
    if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
      compositeType = RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? RHSTy : LHSTy;
    } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
      compositeType = LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() ? LHSTy : RHSTy;
    } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
                RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
               Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
      // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
      // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
      // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
      // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
      compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
    } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
      compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
    } else if (!(compositeType =
                 Context.areCommonBaseCompatible(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)).isNull())
      ;
    else {
      Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
      << LHSTy << RHSTy
      << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange();
      QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
      LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), incompatTy, CK_BitCast);
      RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), incompatTy, CK_BitCast);
      return incompatTy;
    }
    // The object pointer types are compatible.
    LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), compositeType, CK_BitCast);
    RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), compositeType, CK_BitCast);
    return compositeType;
  }
  // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
  if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
    QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
    QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
    QualType destPointee
    = Context.getQualifiedType(lhptee, rhptee.getQualifiers());
    QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
    // Add qualifiers if necessary.
    LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), destType, CK_NoOp);
    // Promote to void*.
    RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), destType, CK_BitCast);
    return destType;
  }
  if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
    QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
    QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
    QualType destPointee
    = Context.getQualifiedType(rhptee, lhptee.getQualifiers());
    QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
    // Add qualifiers if necessary.
    RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.take(), destType, CK_NoOp);
    // Promote to void*.
    LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.take(), destType, CK_BitCast);
    return destType;
  }
  return QualType();
}

/// SuggestParentheses - Emit a note with a fixit hint that wraps
/// ParenRange in parentheses.
static void SuggestParentheses(Sema &Self, SourceLocation Loc,
                               const PartialDiagnostic &Note,
                               SourceRange ParenRange) {
  SourceLocation EndLoc = Self.PP.getLocForEndOfToken(ParenRange.getEnd());
  if (ParenRange.getBegin().isFileID() && ParenRange.getEnd().isFileID() &&
      EndLoc.isValid()) {
    Self.Diag(Loc, Note)
      << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(ParenRange.getBegin(), "(")
      << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndLoc, ")");
  } else {
    // We can't display the parentheses, so just show the bare note.
    Self.Diag(Loc, Note) << ParenRange;
  }
}

static bool IsArithmeticOp(BinaryOperatorKind Opc) {
  return Opc >= BO_Mul && Opc <= BO_Shr;
}

/// IsArithmeticBinaryExpr - Returns true if E is an arithmetic binary
/// expression, either using a built-in or overloaded operator,
/// and sets *OpCode to the opcode and *RHS to the right-hand side expression.
static bool IsArithmeticBinaryExpr(Expr *E, BinaryOperatorKind *Opcode,
                                   Expr **RHS) {
  E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
  E = E->IgnoreConversionOperator();
  E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();

  // Built-in binary operator.
  if (BinaryOperator *OP = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
    if (IsArithmeticOp(OP->getOpcode())) {
      *Opcode = OP->getOpcode();
      *RHS = OP->getRHS();
      return true;
    }
  }

  // Overloaded operator.
  if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
    if (Call->getNumArgs() != 2)
      return false;

    // Make sure this is really a binary operator that is safe to pass into
    // BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOpcode(), e.g. it's not a subscript op.
    OverloadedOperatorKind OO = Call->getOperator();
    if (OO < OO_Plus || OO > OO_Arrow)
      return false;

    BinaryOperatorKind OpKind = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOpcode(OO);
    if (IsArithmeticOp(OpKind)) {
      *Opcode = OpKind;
      *RHS = Call->getArg(1);
      return true;
    }
  }

  return false;
}

static bool IsLogicOp(BinaryOperatorKind Opc) {
  return (Opc >= BO_LT && Opc <= BO_NE) || (Opc >= BO_LAnd && Opc <= BO_LOr);
}

/// ExprLooksBoolean - Returns true if E looks boolean, i.e. it has boolean type
/// or is a logical expression such as (x==y) which has int type, but is
/// commonly interpreted as boolean.
static bool ExprLooksBoolean(Expr *E) {
  E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();

  if (E->getType()->isBooleanType())
    return true;
  if (BinaryOperator *OP = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E))
    return IsLogicOp(OP->getOpcode());
  if (UnaryOperator *OP = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E))
    return OP->getOpcode() == UO_LNot;

  return false;
}

/// DiagnoseConditionalPrecedence - Emit a warning when a conditional operator
/// and binary operator are mixed in a way that suggests the programmer assumed
/// the conditional operator has higher precedence, for example:
/// "int x = a + someBinaryCondition ? 1 : 2".
static void DiagnoseConditionalPrecedence(Sema &Self,
                                          SourceLocation OpLoc,
                                          Expr *Condition,
                                          Expr *LHS,
                                          Expr *RHS) {
  BinaryOperatorKind CondOpcode;
  Expr *CondRHS;

  if (!IsArithmeticBinaryExpr(Condition, &CondOpcode, &CondRHS))
    return;
  if (!ExprLooksBoolean(CondRHS))
    return;

  // The condition is an arithmetic binary expression, with a right-
  // hand side that looks boolean, so warn.

  Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_precedence_conditional)
      << Condition->getSourceRange()
      << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(CondOpcode);

  SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
    Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_conditional_silence)
      << BinaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(CondOpcode),
    SourceRange(Condition->getLocStart(), Condition->getLocEnd()));

  SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
    Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_conditional_first),
    SourceRange(CondRHS->getLocStart(), RHS->getLocEnd()));
}

/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation.  Note that 'LHS' may be null
/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
ExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
                                    SourceLocation ColonLoc,
                                    Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr,
                                    Expr *RHSExpr) {
  // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
  // was the condition.
  OpaqueValueExpr *opaqueValue = 0;
  Expr *commonExpr = 0;
  if (LHSExpr == 0) {
    commonExpr = CondExpr;

    // We usually want to apply unary conversions *before* saving, except
    // in the special case of a C++ l-value conditional.
    if (!(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
          && !commonExpr->isTypeDependent()
          && commonExpr->getValueKind() == RHSExpr->getValueKind()
          && commonExpr->isGLValue()
          && commonExpr->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()
          && RHSExpr->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()
          && Context.hasSameType(commonExpr->getType(), RHSExpr->getType()))) {
      ExprResult commonRes = UsualUnaryConversions(commonExpr);
      if (commonRes.isInvalid())
        return ExprError();
      commonExpr = commonRes.take();
    }

    opaqueValue = new (Context) OpaqueValueExpr(commonExpr->getExprLoc(),
                                                commonExpr->getType(),
                                                commonExpr->getValueKind(),
                                                commonExpr->getObjectKind());
    LHSExpr = CondExpr = opaqueValue;
  }

  ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
  ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
  ExprResult Cond = Owned(CondExpr), LHS = Owned(LHSExpr), RHS = Owned(RHSExpr);
  QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS,
                                             VK, OK, QuestionLoc);
  if (result.isNull() || Cond.isInvalid() || LHS.isInvalid() ||
      RHS.isInvalid())
    return ExprError();

  DiagnoseConditionalPrecedence(*this, QuestionLoc, Cond.get(), LHS.get(),
                                RHS.get());

  if (!commonExpr)
    return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(Cond.take(), QuestionLoc,
                                                   LHS.take(), ColonLoc,
                                                   RHS.take(), result, VK, OK));

  return Owned(new (Context)
    BinaryConditionalOperator(commonExpr, opaqueValue, Cond.take(), LHS.take(),
                              RHS.take(), QuestionLoc, ColonLoc, result, VK, OK));
}

// checkPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
static Sema::AssignConvertType
checkPointerTypesForAssignment(Sema &S, QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
  assert(lhsType.isCanonical() && "LHS not canonicalized!");
  assert(rhsType.isCanonical() && "RHS not canonicalized!");

  // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
  const Type *lhptee, *rhptee;
  Qualifiers lhq, rhq;
  llvm::tie(lhptee, lhq) = cast<PointerType>(lhsType)->getPointeeType().split();
  llvm::tie(rhptee, rhq) = cast<PointerType>(rhsType)->getPointeeType().split();

  Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy = Sema::Compatible;

  // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
  // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
  // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
  Qualifiers lq;

  // As a special case, 'non-__weak A *' -> 'non-__weak const *' is okay.
  if (lhq.getObjCLifetime() != rhq.getObjCLifetime() &&
      lhq.compatiblyIncludesObjCLifetime(rhq)) {
    // Ignore lifetime for further calculation.
    lhq.removeObjCLifetime();
    rhq.removeObjCLifetime();
  }

  if (!lhq.compatiblyIncludes(rhq)) {
    // Treat address-space mismatches as fatal.  TODO: address subspaces
    if (lhq.getAddressSpace() != rhq.getAddressSpace())
      ConvTy = Sema::IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;

    // It's okay to add or remove GC or lifetime qualifiers when converting to
    // and from void*.
    else if (lhq.withoutObjCGCAttr().withoutObjCGLifetime()
                        .compatiblyIncludes(
                                rhq.withoutObjCGCAttr().withoutObjCGLifetime())
             && (lhptee->isVoidType() || rhptee->isVoidType()))
      ; // keep old

    // Treat lifetime mismatches as fatal.
    else if (lhq.getObjCLifetime() != rhq.getObjCLifetime())
      ConvTy = Sema::IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;

    // For GCC compatibility, other qualifier mismatches are treated
    // as still compatible in C.
    else ConvTy = Sema::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
  }

  // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
  // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
  // version of void...
  if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
    if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
      return ConvTy;

    // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
    assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
    return Sema::FunctionVoidPointer;
  }

  if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
    if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
      return ConvTy;

    // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
    assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
    return Sema::FunctionVoidPointer;
  }

  // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
  // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
  QualType ltrans = QualType(lhptee, 0), rtrans = QualType(rhptee, 0);
  if (!S.Context.typesAreCompatible(ltrans, rtrans)) {
    // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
    // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
    // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
    if (lhptee->isCharType())
      ltrans = S.Context.UnsignedCharTy;
    else if (lhptee->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation())
      ltrans = S.Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(ltrans);

    if (rhptee->isCharType())
      rtrans = S.Context.UnsignedCharTy;
    else if (rhptee->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation())
      rtrans = S.Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rtrans);

    if (ltrans == rtrans) {
      // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
      // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
      // warning can be disabled.
      if (ConvTy != Sema::Compatible)
        return ConvTy;

      return Sema::IncompatiblePointerSign;
    }

    // If we are a multi-level pointer, it's possible that our issue is simply
    // one of qualification - e.g. char ** -> const char ** is not allowed. If
    // the eventual target type is the same and the pointers have the same
    // level of indirection, this must be the issue.
    if (isa<PointerType>(lhptee) && isa<PointerType>(rhptee)) {
      do {
        lhptee = cast<PointerType>(lhptee)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
        rhptee = cast<PointerType>(rhptee)->getPointeeType().getTypePtr();
      } while (isa<PointerType>(lhptee) && isa<PointerType>(rhptee));

      if (lhptee == rhptee)
        return Sema::IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers;
    }

    // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
    return Sema::IncompatiblePointer;
  }
  return ConvTy;
}

/// checkBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
// types.
static Sema::AssignConvertType
checkBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(Sema &S, QualType lhsType,
                                    QualType rhsType) {
  assert(lhsType.isCanonical() && "LHS not canonicalized!");
  assert(rhsType.isCanonical() && "RHS not canonicalized!");

  QualType lhptee, rhptee;

  // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
  lhptee = cast<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)->getPointeeType();
  rhptee = cast<BlockPointerType>(rhsType)->getPointeeType();

  // In C++, the types have to match exactly.
  if (S.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
    return Sema::IncompatibleBlockPointer;

  Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy = Sema::Compatible;

  // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
  if (lhptee.getLocalQualifiers() != rhptee.getLocalQualifiers())
    ConvTy = Sema::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;

  if (!S.Context.typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
    return Sema::IncompatibleBlockPointer;

  return ConvTy;
}

/// checkObjCPointerTypesForAssignment - Compares two objective-c pointer types
/// for assignment compatibility.
static Sema::AssignConvertType
checkObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(Sema &S, QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
  assert(lhsType.isCanonical() && "LHS was not canonicalized!");
  assert(rhsType.isCanonical() && "RHS was not canonicalized!");

  if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
    // Class is not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
    if (lhsType->isObjCClassType() && !rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() &&
        !rhsType->isObjCQualifiedClassType())
      return Sema::IncompatiblePointer;
    return Sema::Compatible;
  }
  if (rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
    // Class is not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
    if (rhsType->isObjCClassType() && !lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() &&
        !lhsType->isObjCQualifiedClassType())
      return Sema::IncompatiblePointer;
    return Sema::Compatible;
  }
  QualType lhptee =
  lhsType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
  QualType rhptee =
  rhsType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();

  if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
    return Sema::CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;

  if (S.Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
    return Sema::Compatible;
  if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
    return Sema::IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
  return Sema::IncompatiblePointer;
}

Sema::AssignConvertType
Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc,
                                 QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
  // Fake up an opaque expression.  We don't actually care about what
  // cast operations are required, so if CheckAssignmentConstraints
  // adds casts to this they'll be wasted, but fortunately that doesn't
  // usually happen on valid code.
  OpaqueValueExpr rhs(Loc, rhsType, VK_RValue);
  ExprResult rhsPtr = &rhs;
  CastKind K = CK_Invalid;

  return CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rhsPtr, K);
}

/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
///
///  int a, *pint;
///  short *pshort;
///  struct foo *pfoo;
///
///  pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
///  a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
///  pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
///  pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
///
/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
/// C99 spec dictates.
///
/// Sets 'Kind' for any result kind except Incompatible.
Sema::AssignConvertType
Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, ExprResult &rhs,
                                 CastKind &Kind) {
  QualType rhsType = rhs.get()->getType();
  QualType origLhsType = lhsType;

  // Get canonical types.  We're not formatting these types, just comparing
  // them.
  lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
  rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();

  // Common case: no conversion required.
  if (lhsType == rhsType) {
    Kind = CK_NoOp;
    return Compatible;
  }

  // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
  // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
  // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
  // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
  // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
  // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
  // type.
  if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
    if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType)) {
      Kind = CK_LValueBitCast;
      return Compatible;
    }
    return Incompatible;
  }

  // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
  // to the same ExtVector type.
  if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
    if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
      return Incompatible;
    if (rhsType->isArithmeticType()) {
      // CK_VectorSplat does T -> vector T, so first cast to the
      // element type.
      QualType elType = cast<ExtVectorType>(lhsType)->getElementType();
      if (elType != rhsType) {
        Kind = PrepareScalarCast(*this, rhs, elType);
        rhs = ImpCastExprToType(rhs.take(), elType, Kind);
      }
      Kind = CK_VectorSplat;
      return Compatible;
    }
  }

  // Conversions to or from vector type.
  if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
    if (lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
      // Allow assignments of an AltiVec vector type to an equivalent GCC
      // vector type and vice versa
      if (Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(lhsType, rhsType)) {
        Kind = CK_BitCast;
        return Compatible;
      }

      // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
      // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
      // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
      if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
          (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))) {
        Kind = CK_BitCast;
        return IncompatibleVectors;
      }
    }
    return Incompatible;
  }

  // Arithmetic conversions.
  if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType() &&
      !(getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && lhsType->isEnumeralType())) {
    Kind = PrepareScalarCast(*this, rhs, lhsType);
    return Compatible;
  }

  // Conversions to normal pointers.
  if (const PointerType *lhsPointer = dyn_cast<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
    // U* -> T*
    if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
      Kind = CK_BitCast;
      return checkPointerTypesForAssignment(*this, lhsType, rhsType);
    }

    // int -> T*
    if (rhsType->isIntegerType()) {
      Kind = CK_IntegralToPointer; // FIXME: null?
      return IntToPointer;
    }

    // C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers,
    // with two exceptions:
    if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
      //  - conversions to void*
      if (lhsPointer->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
        Kind = CK_AnyPointerToObjCPointerCast;
        return Compatible;
      }

      //  - conversions from 'Class' to the redefinition type
      if (rhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
          Context.hasSameType(lhsType, Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
        Kind = CK_BitCast;
        return Compatible;
      }

      Kind = CK_BitCast;
      return IncompatiblePointer;
    }

    // U^ -> void*
    if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
      if (lhsPointer->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
        Kind = CK_BitCast;
        return Compatible;
      }
    }

    return Incompatible;
  }

  // Conversions to block pointers.
  if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
    // U^ -> T^
    if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType()) {
      Kind = CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast;
      return checkBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(*this, lhsType, rhsType);
    }

    // int or null -> T^
    if (rhsType->isIntegerType()) {
      Kind = CK_IntegralToPointer; // FIXME: null
      return IntToBlockPointer;
    }

    // id -> T^
    if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType()) {
      Kind = CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast;
      return Compatible;
    }

    // void* -> T^
    if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>())
      if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
        Kind = CK_AnyPointerToBlockPointerCast;
        return Compatible;
      }

    return Incompatible;
  }

  // Conversions to Objective-C pointers.
  if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
    // A* -> B*
    if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
      Kind = CK_BitCast;
      Sema::AssignConvertType result =
        checkObjCPointerTypesForAssignment(*this, lhsType, rhsType);
      if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
          result == Compatible &&
          !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(origLhsType, rhsType))
        result = IncompatibleObjCWeakRef;
      return result;
    }

    // int or null -> A*
    if (rhsType->isIntegerType()) {
      Kind = CK_IntegralToPointer; // FIXME: null
      return IntToPointer;
    }

    // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers,
    // with two exceptions:
    if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
      //  - conversions from 'void*'
      if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) {
        Kind = CK_AnyPointerToObjCPointerCast;
        return Compatible;
      }

      //  - conversions to 'Class' from its redefinition type
      if (lhsType->isObjCClassType() &&
          Context.hasSameType(rhsType, Context.ObjCClassRedefinitionType)) {
        Kind = CK_BitCast;
        return Compatible;
      }

      Kind = CK_AnyPointerToObjCPointerCast;
      return IncompatiblePointer;
    }

    // T^ -> A*
    if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType()) {
      Kind = CK_AnyPointerToObjCPointerCast;
      return Compatible;
    }

    return Incompatible;
  }

  // Conversions from pointers that are not covered by the above.
  if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
    // T* -> _Bool
    if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy) {
      Kind = CK_PointerToBoolean;
      return Compatible;
    }

    // T* -> int
    if (lhsType->isIntegerType()) {
      Kind = CK_PointerToIntegral;
      return PointerToInt;
    }

    return Incompatible;
  }

  // Conversions from Objective-C pointers that are not covered by the above.
  if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
    // T* -> _Bool
    if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy) {
      Kind = CK_PointerToBoolean;
      return Compatible;
    }

    // T* -> int
    if (lhsType->isIntegerType()) {
      Kind = CK_PointerToIntegral;
      return PointerToInt;
    }

    return Incompatible;
  }

  // struct A -> struct B
  if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
    if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType)) {
      Kind = CK_NoOp;
      return Compatible;
    }
  }

  return Incompatible;
}

/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
/// used to initialize the transparent union.
static void ConstructTransparentUnion(Sema &S, ASTContext &C, ExprResult &EResult,
                                      QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
  // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
  // of the transparent union.
  Expr *E = EResult.take();
  InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(C, SourceLocation(),
                                                   &E, 1,
                                                   SourceLocation());
  Initializer->setType(UnionType);
  Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);

  // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
  // union type from this initializer list.
  TypeSourceInfo *unionTInfo = C.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(UnionType);
  EResult = S.Owned(
    new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), unionTInfo, UnionType,
                                VK_RValue, Initializer, false));
}

Sema::AssignConvertType
Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, ExprResult &rExpr) {
  QualType FromType = rExpr.get()->getType();

  // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
  // transparent_union GCC extension.
  const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
  if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
    return Incompatible;

  // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
  RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
  FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
  // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
  for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
         itend = UD->field_end();
       it != itend; ++it) {
    if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
      // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
      // 1) void pointer
      // 2) null pointer constant
      if (FromType->isPointerType())
        if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
          rExpr = ImpCastExprToType(rExpr.take(), it->getType(), CK_BitCast);
          InitField = *it;
          break;
        }

      if (rExpr.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
                                       Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
        rExpr = ImpCastExprToType(rExpr.take(), it->getType(), CK_NullToPointer);
        InitField = *it;
        break;
      }
    }

    CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
    if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr, Kind)
          == Compatible) {
      rExpr = ImpCastExprToType(rExpr.take(), it->getType(), Kind);
      InitField = *it;
      break;
    }
  }

  if (!InitField)
    return Incompatible;

  ConstructTransparentUnion(*this, Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
  return Compatible;
}

Sema::AssignConvertType
Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, ExprResult &rExpr) {
  if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
    if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
      // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
      // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
      // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
      ExprResult Res = PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr.get(),
                                                 lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
                                                 AA_Assigning);
      if (Res.isInvalid())
        return Incompatible;
      Sema::AssignConvertType result = Compatible;
      if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
          !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(lhsType, rExpr.get()->getType()))
        result = IncompatibleObjCWeakRef;
      rExpr = move(Res);
      return result;
    }

    // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
    // structures.
  }

  // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
  // a null pointer constant.
  if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
       lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
       lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
      && rExpr.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
                                      Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
    rExpr = ImpCastExprToType(rExpr.take(), lhsType, CK_NullToPointer);
    return Compatible;
  }

  // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
  // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
  // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdExpression), it would mess up the unary
  // expressions that suppress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
  //
  // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
  if (!lhsType->isReferenceType()) {
    rExpr = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(rExpr.take());
    if (rExpr.isInvalid())
      return Incompatible;
  }

  CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid;
  Sema::AssignConvertType result =
    CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr, Kind);

  // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
  // type of the assignment expression.
  // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
  // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
  // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
  // does not have reference type.
  if (result != Incompatible && rExpr.get()->getType() != lhsType)
    rExpr = ImpCastExprToType(rExpr.take(), lhsType.getNonLValueExprType(Context), Kind);
  return result;
}

QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &lex, ExprResult &rex) {
  Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
    << lex.get()->getType() << rex.get()->getType()
    << lex.get()->getSourceRange() << rex.get()->getSourceRange();
  return QualType();
}

QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &lex, ExprResult &rex,
                                   SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
  // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
  // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
  QualType lhsType =
    Context.getCanonicalType(lex.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
  QualType rhsType =
    Context.getCanonicalType(rex.get()->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();

  // If the vector types are identical, return.
  if (lhsType == rhsType)
    return lhsType;

  // Handle the case of equivalent AltiVec and GCC vector types
  if (lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType() &&
      Context.areCompatibleVectorTypes(lhsType, rhsType)) {
    if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
      rex = ImpCastExprToType(rex.take(), lhsType, CK_BitCast);
      return lhsType;
    }

    if (!isCompAssign)
      lex = ImpCastExprToType(lex.take(), rhsType, CK_BitCast);
    return rhsType;
  }

  if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
      Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType)) {
    // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
    // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a
    // bitcast; no bits are changed but the result type is different.
    // FIXME: Should we really be allowing this?
    rex = ImpCastExprToType(rex.take(), lhsType, CK_BitCast);
    return lhsType;
  }

  // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
  // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
  bool swapped = false;
  if (rhsType->isExtVectorType() && !isCompAssign) {
    swapped = true;
    std::swap(rex, lex);
    std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
  }

  // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
  if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAs<ExtVectorType>()) {
    QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
    if (EltTy->isIntegralType(Context) && rhsType->isIntegralType(Context)) {
      int order = Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType);
      if (order > 0)
        rex = ImpCastExprToType(rex.take(), EltTy, CK_IntegralCast);
      if (order >= 0) {
        rex = ImpCastExprToType(rex.take(), lhsType, CK_VectorSplat);
        if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
        return lhsType;
      }
    }
    if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
        rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
      int order = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType);
      if (order > 0)
        rex = ImpCastExprToType(rex.take(), EltTy, CK_FloatingCast);
      if (order >= 0) {
        rex = ImpCastExprToType(rex.take(), lhsType, CK_VectorSplat);
        if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
        return lhsType;
      }
    }
  }

  // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
  if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
  Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
    << lex.get()->getType() << rex.get()->getType()
    << lex.get()->getSourceRange() << rex.get()->getSourceRange();
  return QualType();
}

QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
  ExprResult &lex, ExprResult &rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign, bool isDiv) {
  if (lex.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || rex.get()->getType()->isVectorType())
    return CheckVectorOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isCompAssign);

  QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
  if (lex.isInvalid() || rex.isInvalid())
    return QualType();

  if (!lex.get()->getType()->isArithmeticType() ||
      !rex.get()->getType()->isArithmeticType())
    return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);

  // Check for division by zero.
  if (isDiv &&
      rex.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
    DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, rex.get(), PDiag(diag::warn_division_by_zero)
                                     << rex.get()->getSourceRange());

  return compType;
}

QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
  ExprResult &lex, ExprResult &rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
  if (lex.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || rex.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
    if (lex.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation() &&
        rex.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation())
      return CheckVectorOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isCompAssign);
    return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
  }

  QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
  if (lex.isInvalid() || rex.isInvalid())
    return QualType();

  if (!lex.get()->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex.get()->getType()->isIntegerType())
    return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);

  // Check for remainder by zero.
  if (rex.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNotNull))
    DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, rex.get(), PDiag(diag::warn_remainder_by_zero)
                                 << rex.get()->getSourceRange());

  return compType;
}

/// \brief Diagnose invalid arithmetic on two void pointers.
static void diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoVoidPointers(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
                                                Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) {
  S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
                ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type
                : diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
    << 1 /* two pointers */ << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
}

/// \brief Diagnose invalid arithmetic on a void pointer.
static void diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
                                            Expr *Pointer) {
  S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
                ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type
                : diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
    << 0 /* one pointer */ << Pointer->getSourceRange();
}

/// \brief Diagnose invalid arithmetic on two function pointers.
static void diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoFunctionPointers(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
                                                    Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) {
  assert(LHS->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
  assert(RHS->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
  S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
                ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type
                : diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
    << 1 /* two pointers */ << LHS->getType()->getPointeeType()
    // We only show the second type if it differs from the first.
    << (unsigned)!S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHS->getType(),
                                                   RHS->getType())
    << RHS->getType()->getPointeeType()
    << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
}

/// \brief Diagnose invalid arithmetic on a function pointer.
static void diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
                                                Expr *Pointer) {
  assert(Pointer->getType()->isAnyPointerType());
  S.Diag(Loc, S.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
                ? diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type
                : diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
    << 0 /* one pointer */ << Pointer->getType()->getPointeeType()
    << 0 /* one pointer, so only one type */
    << Pointer->getSourceRange();
}

/// \brief Check the validity of an arithmetic pointer operand.
///
/// If the operand has pointer type, this code will check for pointer types
/// which are invalid in arithmetic operations. These will be diagnosed
/// appropriately, including whether or not the use is supported as an
/// extension.
///
/// \returns True when the operand is valid to use (even if as an extension).
static bool checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
                                            Expr *Operand) {
  if (!Operand->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) return true;

  QualType PointeeTy = Operand->getType()->getPointeeType();
  if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
    diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(S, Loc, Operand);
    return !S.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus;
  }
  if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
    diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(S, Loc, Operand);
    return !S.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus;
  }

  if ((Operand->getType()->isPointerType() &&
       !Operand->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
      Operand->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
    QualType PointeeTy = Operand->getType()->getPointeeType();
    if (S.RequireCompleteType(
          Loc, PointeeTy,
          S.PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
            << PointeeTy << Operand->getSourceRange()))
      return false;
  }

  return true;
}

/// \brief Check the validity of a binary arithmetic operation w.r.t. pointer
/// operands.
///
/// This routine will diagnose any invalid arithmetic on pointer operands much
/// like \see checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand. However, it has special logic
/// for emitting a single diagnostic even for operations where both LHS and RHS
/// are (potentially problematic) pointers.
///
/// \returns True when the operand is valid to use (even if as an extension).
static bool checkArithmeticBinOpPointerOperands(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc,
                                                Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS) {
  bool isLHSPointer = LHS->getType()->isAnyPointerType();
  bool isRHSPointer = RHS->getType()->isAnyPointerType();
  if (!isLHSPointer && !isRHSPointer) return true;

  QualType LHSPointeeTy, RHSPointeeTy;
  if (isLHSPointer) LHSPointeeTy = LHS->getType()->getPointeeType();
  if (isRHSPointer) RHSPointeeTy = RHS->getType()->getPointeeType();

  // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
  bool isLHSVoidPtr = isLHSPointer && LHSPointeeTy->isVoidType();
  bool isRHSVoidPtr = isRHSPointer && RHSPointeeTy->isVoidType();
  if (isLHSVoidPtr || isRHSVoidPtr) {
    if (!isRHSVoidPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(S, Loc, LHS);
    else if (!isLHSVoidPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnVoidPointer(S, Loc, RHS);
    else diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoVoidPointers(S, Loc, LHS, RHS);

    return !S.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus;
  }

  bool isLHSFuncPtr = isLHSPointer && LHSPointeeTy->isFunctionType();
  bool isRHSFuncPtr = isRHSPointer && RHSPointeeTy->isFunctionType();
  if (isLHSFuncPtr || isRHSFuncPtr) {
    if (!isRHSFuncPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(S, Loc, LHS);
    else if (!isLHSFuncPtr) diagnoseArithmeticOnFunctionPointer(S, Loc, RHS);
    else diagnoseArithmeticOnTwoFunctionPointers(S, Loc, LHS, RHS);

    return !S.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus;
  }

  Expr *Operands[] = { LHS, RHS };
  for (unsigned i = 0; i < 2; ++i) {
    Expr *Operand = Operands[i];
    if ((Operand->getType()->isPointerType() &&
         !Operand->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
        Operand->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
      QualType PointeeTy = Operand->getType()->getPointeeType();
      if (S.RequireCompleteType(
            Loc, PointeeTy,
            S.PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type)
              << PointeeTy << Operand->getSourceRange()))
        return false;
    }
  }
  return true;
}

QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
  ExprResult &lex, ExprResult &rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
  if (lex.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || rex.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
    QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(lex, rex, Loc, CompLHSTy);
    if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
    return compType;
  }

  QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
  if (lex.isInvalid() || rex.isInvalid())
    return QualType();

  // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
  if (lex.get()->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
      rex.get()->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
    if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
    return compType;
  }

  // Put any potential pointer into PExp
  Expr* PExp = lex.get(), *IExp = rex.get();
  if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
    std::swap(PExp, IExp);

  if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
    if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
      if (!checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(*this, Loc, PExp))
        return QualType();

      QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();

      // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
      if (PointeeTy->isObjCObjectType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
        Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
          << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
        return QualType();
      }

      if (CompLHSTy) {
        QualType LHSTy = Context.isPromotableBitField(lex.get());
        if (LHSTy.isNull()) {
          LHSTy = lex.get()->getType();
          if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
            LHSTy = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(LHSTy);
        }
        *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
      }
      return PExp->getType();
    }
  }

  return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
}

// C99 6.5.6
QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(ExprResult &lex, ExprResult &rex,
                                        SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
  if (lex.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || rex.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
    QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(lex, rex, Loc, CompLHSTy);
    if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
    return compType;
  }

  QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
  if (lex.isInvalid() || rex.isInvalid())
    return QualType();

  // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.

  // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
  if (lex.get()->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
      rex.get()->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
    if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
    return compType;
  }

  // Either ptr - int   or   ptr - ptr.
  if (lex.get()->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
    QualType lpointee = lex.get()->getType()->getPointeeType();

    // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
    if (lpointee->isObjCObjectType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
      Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
        << lpointee << lex.get()->getSourceRange();
      return QualType();
    }

    // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
    if (rex.get()->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
      if (!checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(*this, Loc, lex.get()))
        return QualType();

      if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex.get()->getType();
      return lex.get()->getType();
    }

    // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
    if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex.get()->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
      QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();

      if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
        // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
        if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
          Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
            << lex.get()->getType() << rex.get()->getType()
            << lex.get()->getSourceRange() << rex.get()->getSourceRange();
          return QualType();
        }
      } else {
        // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
        if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
                Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
                Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
          Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
            << lex.get()->getType() << rex.get()->getType()
            << lex.get()->getSourceRange() << rex.get()->getSourceRange();
          return QualType();
        }
      }

      if (!checkArithmeticBinOpPointerOperands(*this, Loc,
                                               lex.get(), rex.get()))
        return QualType();

      if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex.get()->getType();
      return Context.getPointerDiffType();
    }
  }

  return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
}

static bool isScopedEnumerationType(QualType T) {
  if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
    return ET->getDecl()->isScoped();
  return false;
}

static void DiagnoseBadShiftValues(Sema& S, ExprResult &lex, ExprResult &rex,
                                   SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc,
                                   QualType LHSTy) {
  llvm::APSInt Right;
  // Check right/shifter operand
  if (rex.get()->isValueDependent() || !rex.get()->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, S.Context))
    return;

  if (Right.isNegative()) {
    S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, rex.get(),
                          S.PDiag(diag::warn_shift_negative)
                            << rex.get()->getSourceRange());
    return;
  }
  llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
                       S.Context.getTypeSize(lex.get()->getType()));
  if (Right.uge(LeftBits)) {
    S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, rex.get(),
                          S.PDiag(diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth)
                            << rex.get()->getSourceRange());
    return;
  }
  if (Opc != BO_Shl)
    return;

  // When left shifting an ICE which is signed, we can check for overflow which
  // according to C++ has undefined behavior ([expr.shift] 5.8/2). Unsigned
  // integers have defined behavior modulo one more than the maximum value
  // representable in the result type, so never warn for those.
  llvm::APSInt Left;
  if (lex.get()->isValueDependent() || !lex.get()->isIntegerConstantExpr(Left, S.Context) ||
      LHSTy->hasUnsignedIntegerRepresentation())
    return;
  llvm::APInt ResultBits =
      static_cast<llvm::APInt&>(Right) + Left.getMinSignedBits();
  if (LeftBits.uge(ResultBits))
    return;
  llvm::APSInt Result = Left.extend(ResultBits.getLimitedValue());
  Result = Result.shl(Right);

  // Print the bit representation of the signed integer as an unsigned
  // hexadecimal number.
  llvm::SmallString<40> HexResult;
  Result.toString(HexResult, 16, /*Signed =*/false, /*Literal =*/true);

  // If we are only missing a sign bit, this is less likely to result in actual
  // bugs -- if the result is cast back to an unsigned type, it will have the
  // expected value. Thus we place this behind a different warning that can be
  // turned off separately if needed.
  if (LeftBits == ResultBits - 1) {
    S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_result_sets_sign_bit)
        << HexResult.str() << LHSTy
        << lex.get()->getSourceRange() << rex.get()->getSourceRange();
    return;
  }

  S.Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_result_gt_typewidth)
    << HexResult.str() << Result.getMinSignedBits() << LHSTy
    << Left.getBitWidth() << lex.get()->getSourceRange() << rex.get()->getSourceRange();
}

// C99 6.5.7
QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(ExprResult &lex, ExprResult &rex, SourceLocation Loc,
                                  unsigned Opc, bool isCompAssign) {
  // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
  if (!lex.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation() ||
      !rex.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation())
    return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);

  // C++0x: Don't allow scoped enums. FIXME: Use something better than
  // hasIntegerRepresentation() above instead of this.
  if (isScopedEnumerationType(lex.get()->getType()) ||
      isScopedEnumerationType(rex.get()->getType())) {
    return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
  }

  // Vector shifts promote their scalar inputs to vector type.
  if (lex.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || rex.get()->getType()->isVectorType())
    return CheckVectorOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isCompAssign);

  // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
  // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3

  // For the LHS, do usual unary conversions, but then reset them away
  // if this is a compound assignment.
  ExprResult old_lex = lex;
  lex = UsualUnaryConversions(lex.take());
  if (lex.isInvalid())
    return QualType();
  QualType LHSTy = lex.get()->getType();
  if (isCompAssign) lex = old_lex;

  // The RHS is simpler.
  rex = UsualUnaryConversions(rex.take());
  if (rex.isInvalid())
    return QualType();

  // Sanity-check shift operands
  DiagnoseBadShiftValues(*this, lex, rex, Loc, Opc, LHSTy);

  // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
  return LHSTy;
}

static bool IsWithinTemplateSpecialization(Decl *D) {
  if (DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext()) {
    if (isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(DC))
      return true;
    if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(DC))
      return FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
  }
  return false;
}

// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(ExprResult &lex, ExprResult &rex, SourceLocation Loc,
                                    unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
  BinaryOperatorKind Opc = (BinaryOperatorKind) OpaqueOpc;

  // Handle vector comparisons separately.
  if (lex.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || rex.get()->getType()->isVectorType())
    return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);

  QualType lType = lex.get()->getType();
  QualType rType = rex.get()->getType();

  Expr *LHSStripped = lex.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
  Expr *RHSStripped = rex.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
  QualType LHSStrippedType = LHSStripped->getType();
  QualType RHSStrippedType = RHSStripped->getType();



  // Two different enums will raise a warning when compared.
  if (const EnumType *LHSEnumType = LHSStrippedType->getAs<EnumType>()) {
    if (const EnumType *RHSEnumType = RHSStrippedType->getAs<EnumType>()) {
      if (LHSEnumType->getDecl()->getIdentifier() &&
          RHSEnumType->getDecl()->getIdentifier() &&
          !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LHSStrippedType, RHSStrippedType)) {
        Diag(Loc, diag::warn_comparison_of_mixed_enum_types)
          << LHSStrippedType << RHSStrippedType
          << lex.get()->getSourceRange() << rex.get()->getSourceRange();
      }
    }
  }

  if (!lType->hasFloatingRepresentation() &&
      !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational) &&
      !lex.get()->getLocStart().isMacroID() &&
      !rex.get()->getLocStart().isMacroID()) {
    // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
    // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc.  These always evaluate to a constant, and
    // often indicate logic errors in the program.
    //
    // NOTE: Don't warn about comparison expressions resulting from macro
    // expansion. Also don't warn about comparisons which are only self
    // comparisons within a template specialization. The warnings should catch
    // obvious cases in the definition of the template anyways. The idea is to
    // warn when the typed comparison operator will always evaluate to the same
    // result.
    if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped)) {
      if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped)) {
        if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
            !IsWithinTemplateSpecialization(DRL->getDecl())) {
          DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, 0, PDiag(diag::warn_comparison_always)
                              << 0 // self-
                              << (Opc == BO_EQ
                                  || Opc == BO_LE
                                  || Opc == BO_GE));
        } else if (lType->isArrayType() && rType->isArrayType() &&
                   !DRL->getDecl()->getType()->isReferenceType() &&
                   !DRR->getDecl()->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
            // what is it always going to eval to?
            char always_evals_to;
            switch(Opc) {
            case BO_EQ: // e.g. array1 == array2
              always_evals_to = 0; // false
              break;
            case BO_NE: // e.g. array1 != array2
              always_evals_to = 1; // true
              break;
            default:
              // best we can say is 'a constant'
              always_evals_to = 2; // e.g. array1 <= array2
              break;
            }
            DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, 0, PDiag(diag::warn_comparison_always)
                                << 1 // array
                                << always_evals_to);
        }
      }
    }

    if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
      LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
    if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
      RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();

    // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
    // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
    Expr *literalString = 0;
    Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
    if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
        !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
                                            Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
      literalString = lex.get();
      literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
    } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
                isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
               !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
                                            Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) {
      literalString = rex.get();
      literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
    }

    if (literalString) {
      std::string resultComparison;
      switch (Opc) {
      case BO_LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
      case BO_GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
      case BO_LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
      case BO_GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
      case BO_EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
      case BO_NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
      default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
      }

      DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, 0,
        PDiag(diag::warn_stringcompare)
          << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
          << literalString->getSourceRange());
    }
  }

  // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
  if (lex.get()->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex.get()->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
    UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
    if (lex.isInvalid() || rex.isInvalid())
      return QualType();
  }
  else {
    lex = UsualUnaryConversions(lex.take());
    if (lex.isInvalid())
      return QualType();

    rex = UsualUnaryConversions(rex.take());
    if (rex.isInvalid())
      return QualType();
  }

  lType = lex.get()->getType();
  rType = rex.get()->getType();

  // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
  QualType ResultTy = Context.getLogicalOperationType();

  if (isRelational) {
    if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
      return ResultTy;
  } else {
    // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
    if (lType->hasFloatingRepresentation())
      CheckFloatComparison(Loc, lex.get(), rex.get());

    if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
      return ResultTy;
  }

  bool LHSIsNull = lex.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
                                              Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);
  bool RHSIsNull = rex.get()->isNullPointerConstant(Context,
                                              Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull);

  // All of the following pointer-related warnings are GCC extensions, except
  // when handling null pointer constants.
  if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
    QualType LCanPointeeTy =
      Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
    QualType RCanPointeeTy =
      Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());

    if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
      if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
        return ResultTy;
      if (!isRelational &&
          (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
        // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
        // This is a gcc extension compatibility comparison.
        // In a SFINAE context, we treat this as a hard error to maintain
        // conformance with the C++ standard.
        if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
            && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
          Diag(Loc,
               isSFINAEContext()?
                   diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void
                 : diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
            << lType << rType << lex.get()->getSourceRange() << rex.get()->getSourceRange();

          if (isSFINAEContext())
            return QualType();

          rex = ImpCastExprToType(rex.take(), lType, CK_BitCast);
          return ResultTy;
        }
      }

      // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
      //   [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
      //   conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
      //   a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
      //   them to their composite pointer type. [...]
      //
      // C++ [expr.eq]p1 uses the same notion for (in)equality
      // comparisons of pointers.
      bool NonStandardCompositeType = false;
      QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, lex, rex,
                              isSFINAEContext()? 0 : &NonStandardCompositeType);
      if (T.isNull()) {
        Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
          << lType << rType << lex.get()->getSourceRange() << rex.get()->getSourceRange();
        return QualType();
      } else if (NonStandardCompositeType) {
        Diag(Loc,
             diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers_nonstandard)
          << lType << rType << T
          << lex.get()->getSourceRange() << rex.get()->getSourceRange();
      }

      lex = ImpCastExprToType(lex.take(), T, CK_BitCast);
      rex = ImpCastExprToType(rex.take(), T, CK_BitCast);
      return ResultTy;
    }
    // C99 6.5.9p2 and C99 6.5.8p2
    if (Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
                                   RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
      // Valid unless a relational comparison of function pointers
      if (isRelational && LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
        Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
          << lType << rType << lex.get()->getSourceRange() << rex.get()->getSourceRange();
      }
    } else if (!isRelational &&
               (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() || RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType())) {
      // Valid unless comparison between non-null pointer and function pointer
      if ((LCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType() || RCanPointeeTy->isFunctionType())
          && !LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
        Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_fptr_to_void)
          << lType << rType << lex.get()->getSourceRange() << rex.get()->getSourceRange();
      }
    } else {
      // Invalid
      Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
        << lType << rType << lex.get()->getSourceRange() << rex.get()->getSourceRange();
    }
    if (LCanPointeeTy != RCanPointeeTy) {
      if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
        lex = ImpCastExprToType(lex.take(), rType, CK_BitCast);
      else
        rex = ImpCastExprToType(rex.take(), lType, CK_BitCast);
    }
    return ResultTy;
  }

  if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
    // Comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
    if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
      return ResultTy;

    // Comparison of pointers with null pointer constants and equality
    // comparisons of member pointers to null pointer constants.
    if (RHSIsNull &&
        ((lType->isAnyPointerType() || lType->isNullPtrType()) ||
         (!isRelational &&
          (lType->isMemberPointerType() || lType->isBlockPointerType())))) {
      rex = ImpCastExprToType(rex.take(), lType,
                        lType->isMemberPointerType()
                          ? CK_NullToMemberPointer
                          : CK_NullToPointer);
      return ResultTy;
    }
    if (LHSIsNull &&
        ((rType->isAnyPointerType() || rType->isNullPtrType()) ||
         (!isRelational &&
          (rType->isMemberPointerType() || rType->isBlockPointerType())))) {
      lex = ImpCastExprToType(lex.take(), rType,
                        rType->isMemberPointerType()
                          ? CK_NullToMemberPointer
                          : CK_NullToPointer);
      return ResultTy;
    }

    // Comparison of member pointers.
    if (!isRelational &&
        lType->isMemberPointerType() && rType->isMemberPointerType()) {
      // C++ [expr.eq]p2:
      //   In addition, pointers to members can be compared, or a pointer to
      //   member and a null pointer constant. Pointer to member conversions
      //   (4.11) and qualification conversions (4.4) are performed to bring
      //   them to a common type. If one operand is a null pointer constant,
      //   the common type is the type of the other operand. Otherwise, the
      //   common type is a pointer to member type similar (4.4) to the type
      //   of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature (4.4)
      //   that is the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand
      //   types.
      bool NonStandardCompositeType = false;
      QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, lex, rex,
                              isSFINAEContext()? 0 : &NonStandardCompositeType);
      if (T.isNull()) {
        Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
          << lType << rType << lex.get()->getSourceRange() << rex.get()->getSourceRange();
        return QualType();
      } else if (NonStandardCompositeType) {
        Diag(Loc,
             diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers_nonstandard)
          << lType << rType << T
          << lex.get()->getSourceRange() << rex.get()->getSourceRange();
      }

      lex = ImpCastExprToType(lex.take(), T, CK_BitCast);
      rex = ImpCastExprToType(rex.take(), T, CK_BitCast);
      return ResultTy;
    }

    // Handle scoped enumeration types specifically, since they don't promote
    // to integers.
    if (lex.get()->getType()->isEnumeralType() &&
        Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lex.get()->getType(), rex.get()->getType()))
      return ResultTy;
  }

  // Handle block pointer types.
  if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
    QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
    QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();

    if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
        !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
      Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
        << lType << rType << lex.get()->getSourceRange() << rex.get()->getSourceRange();
    }
    rex = ImpCastExprToType(rex.take(), lType, CK_BitCast);
    return ResultTy;
  }

  // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
  if (!isRelational
      && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
          || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
    if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
      if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->castAs<PointerType>()
             ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
            || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->castAs<PointerType>()
                ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
        Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
          << lType << rType << lex.get()->getSourceRange() << rex.get()->getSourceRange();
    }
    if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
      lex = ImpCastExprToType(lex.take(), rType, CK_BitCast);
    else
      rex = ImpCastExprToType(rex.take(), lType, CK_BitCast);
    return ResultTy;
  }

  if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
    const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
    const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
    if (LPT || RPT) {
      bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ? LPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType() : false;
      bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ? RPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType() : false;

      if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
          !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
        Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
          << lType << rType << lex.get()->getSourceRange() << rex.get()->getSourceRange();
      }
      if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
        lex = ImpCastExprToType(lex.take(), rType, CK_BitCast);
      else
        rex = ImpCastExprToType(rex.take(), lType, CK_BitCast);
      return ResultTy;
    }
    if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
      if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType))
        Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
          << lType << rType << lex.get()->getSourceRange() << rex.get()->getSourceRange();
      if (LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
        lex = ImpCastExprToType(lex.take(), rType, CK_BitCast);
      else
        rex = ImpCastExprToType(rex.take(), lType, CK_BitCast);
      return ResultTy;
    }
  }
  if ((lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) ||
      (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType())) {
    unsigned DiagID = 0;
    bool isError = false;
    if ((LHSIsNull && lType->isIntegerType()) ||
        (RHSIsNull && rType->isIntegerType())) {
      if (isRelational && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
        DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_and_zero;
    } else if (isRelational && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
      DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
    else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
      DiagID = diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;
      isError = true;
    } else
      DiagID = diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer;

    if (DiagID) {
      Diag(Loc, DiagID)
        << lType << rType << lex.get()->getSourceRange() << rex.get()->getSourceRange();
      if (isError)
        return QualType();
    }

    if (lType->isIntegerType())
      lex = ImpCastExprToType(lex.take(), rType,
                        LHSIsNull ? CK_NullToPointer : CK_IntegralToPointer);
    else
      rex = ImpCastExprToType(rex.take(), lType,
                        RHSIsNull ? CK_NullToPointer : CK_IntegralToPointer);
    return ResultTy;
  }

  // Handle block pointers.
  if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
      && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
    rex = ImpCastExprToType(rex.take(), lType, CK_NullToPointer);
    return ResultTy;
  }
  if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
      && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
    lex = ImpCastExprToType(lex.take(), rType, CK_NullToPointer);
    return ResultTy;
  }

  return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
}

/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
/// operates on extended vector types.  Instead of producing an IntTy result,
/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
/// types.
QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &lex, ExprResult &rex,
                                          SourceLocation Loc,
                                          bool isRelational) {
  // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
  // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
  QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(lex, rex, Loc, /*isCompAssign*/false);
  if (vType.isNull())
    return vType;

  QualType lType = lex.get()->getType();
  QualType rType = rex.get()->getType();

  // If AltiVec, the comparison results in a numeric type, i.e.
  // bool for C++, int for C
  if (vType->getAs<VectorType>()->getVectorKind() == VectorType::AltiVecVector)
    return Context.getLogicalOperationType();

  // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
  // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc.  These always evaluate to a constant, and
  // often indicate logic errors in the program.
  if (!lType->hasFloatingRepresentation()) {
    if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex.get()->IgnoreParens()))
      if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex.get()->IgnoreParens()))
        if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
          DiagRuntimeBehavior(Loc, 0,
                              PDiag(diag::warn_comparison_always)
                                << 0 // self-
                                << 2 // "a constant"
                              );
  }

  // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
  if (!isRelational && lType->hasFloatingRepresentation()) {
    assert (rType->hasFloatingRepresentation());
    CheckFloatComparison(Loc, lex.get(), rex.get());
  }

  // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
  // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
  // elements for floating point vectors.
  if (lType->hasIntegerRepresentation())
    return lType;

  const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAs<VectorType>();
  unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
  if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
    return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
  if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
    return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());

  assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
         "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
  return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
}

inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
  ExprResult &lex, ExprResult &rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign) {
  if (lex.get()->getType()->isVectorType() || rex.get()->getType()->isVectorType()) {
    if (lex.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation() &&
        rex.get()->getType()->hasIntegerRepresentation())
      return CheckVectorOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isCompAssign);

    return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
  }

  ExprResult lexResult = Owned(lex), rexResult = Owned(rex);
  QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lexResult, rexResult, isCompAssign);
  if (lexResult.isInvalid() || rexResult.isInvalid())
    return QualType();
  lex = lexResult.take();
  rex = rexResult.take();

  if (lex.get()->getType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType() &&
      rex.get()->getType()->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType())
    return compType;
  return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
}

inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
  ExprResult &lex, ExprResult &rex, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Opc) {

  // Diagnose cases where the user write a logical and/or but probably meant a
  // bitwise one.  We do this when the LHS is a non-bool integer and the RHS
  // is a constant.
  if (lex.get()->getType()->isIntegerType() && !lex.get()->getType()->isBooleanType() &&
      rex.get()->getType()->isIntegerType() && !rex.get()->isValueDependent() &&
      // Don't warn in macros or template instantiations.
      !Loc.isMacroID() && ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
    // If the RHS can be constant folded, and if it constant folds to something
    // that isn't 0 or 1 (which indicate a potential logical operation that
    // happened to fold to true/false) then warn.
    // Parens on the RHS are ignored.
    Expr::EvalResult Result;
    if (rex.get()->Evaluate(Result, Context) && !Result.HasSideEffects)
      if ((getLangOptions().Bool && !rex.get()->getType()->isBooleanType()) ||
          (Result.Val.getInt() != 0 && Result.Val.getInt() != 1)) {
        Diag(Loc, diag::warn_logical_instead_of_bitwise)
          << rex.get()->getSourceRange()
          << (Opc == BO_LAnd ? "&&" : "||")
          << (Opc == BO_LAnd ? "&" : "|");
    }
  }

  if (!Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
    lex = UsualUnaryConversions(lex.take());
    if (lex.isInvalid())
      return QualType();

    rex = UsualUnaryConversions(rex.take());
    if (rex.isInvalid())
      return QualType();

    if (!lex.get()->getType()->isScalarType() || !rex.get()->getType()->isScalarType())
      return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);

    return Context.IntTy;
  }

  // The following is safe because we only use this method for
  // non-overloadable operands.

  // C++ [expr.log.and]p1
  // C++ [expr.log.or]p1
  // The operands are both contextually converted to type bool.
  ExprResult lexRes = PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(lex.get());
  if (lexRes.isInvalid())
    return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
  lex = move(lexRes);

  ExprResult rexRes = PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(rex.get());
  if (rexRes.isInvalid())
    return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
  rex = move(rexRes);

  // C++ [expr.log.and]p2
  // C++ [expr.log.or]p2
  // The result is a bool.
  return Context.BoolTy;
}

/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
///
static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
  if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
    const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
    if (PropExpr->isImplicitProperty()) return false;

    ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getExplicitProperty();
    QualType BaseType = PropExpr->isSuperReceiver() ?
                            PropExpr->getSuperReceiverType() :
                            PropExpr->getBase()->getType();

    if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
          BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
      if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
        if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
          return true;
  }
  return false;
}

static bool IsConstProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
  if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
    const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
    if (PropExpr->isImplicitProperty()) return false;

    ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getExplicitProperty();
    QualType T = PDecl->getType();
    if (T->isReferenceType())
      T = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()->getPointeeType();
    CanQualType CT = S.Context.getCanonicalType(T);
    return CT.isConstQualified();
  }
  return false;
}

static bool IsReadonlyMessage(Expr *E, Sema &S) {
  if (E->getStmtClass() != Expr::MemberExprClass)
    return false;
  const MemberExpr *ME = cast<MemberExpr>(E);
  NamedDecl *Member = ME->getMemberDecl();
  if (isa<FieldDecl>(Member)) {
    Expr *Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
    if (Base->getStmtClass() != Expr::ObjCMessageExprClass)
      return false;
    return cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Base)->getMethodDecl() != 0;
  }
  return false;
}

/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue.  If not,
/// emit an error and return true.  If so, return false.
static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
  SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
  Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
                                                              &Loc);
  if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
    IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
  else if (Expr::MLV_ConstQualified && IsConstProperty(E, S))
    IsLV = Expr::MLV_Valid;
  else if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_ClassTemporary && IsReadonlyMessage(E, S))
    IsLV = Expr::MLV_InvalidMessageExpression;
  if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
    return false;

  unsigned Diag = 0;
  bool NeedType = false;
  switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
  case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified:
    Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const;

    // In ARC, use some specialized diagnostics for occasions where we
    // infer 'const'.  These are always pseudo-strong variables.
    if (S.getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
      DeclRefExpr *declRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->IgnoreParenCasts());
      if (declRef && isa<VarDecl>(declRef->getDecl())) {
        VarDecl *var = cast<VarDecl>(declRef->getDecl());

        // Use the normal diagnostic if it's pseudo-__strong but the
        // user actually wrote 'const'.
        if (var->isARCPseudoStrong() &&
            (!var->getTypeSourceInfo() ||
             !var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType().isConstQualified())) {
          // There are two pseudo-strong cases:
          //  - self
          ObjCMethodDecl *method = S.getCurMethodDecl();
          if (method && var == method->getSelfDecl())
            Diag = diag::err_typecheck_arr_assign_self;

          //  - fast enumeration variables
          else
            Diag = diag::err_typecheck_arr_assign_enumeration;

          SourceRange Assign;
          if (Loc != OrigLoc)
            Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
          S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
          // We need to preserve the AST regardless, so migration tool
          // can do its job.
          return false;
        }
      }
    }

    break;
  case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
    Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
    NeedType = true;
    break;
  case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
    Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
    NeedType = true;
    break;
  case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
    Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
    break;
  case Expr::MLV_Valid:
    llvm_unreachable("did not take early return for MLV_Valid");
  case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
  case Expr::MLV_MemberFunction:
  case Expr::MLV_ClassTemporary:
    Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
    break;
  case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
  case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
    return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
              S.PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue)
                  << E->getSourceRange());
  case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
    Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
    break;
  case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
    Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
    break;
  case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
    Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
    break;
  case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
    Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
    break;
  case Expr::MLV_InvalidMessageExpression:
    Diag = diag::error_readonly_message_assignment;
    break;
  case Expr::MLV_SubObjCPropertySetting:
    Diag = diag::error_no_subobject_property_setting;
    break;
  }

  SourceRange Assign;
  if (Loc != OrigLoc)
    Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
  if (NeedType)
    S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
  else
    S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
  return true;
}



// C99 6.5.16.1
QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
                                       SourceLocation Loc,
                                       QualType CompoundType) {
  // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
  if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
    return QualType();

  QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
  QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS.get()->getType() : CompoundType;
  AssignConvertType ConvTy;
  if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
    QualType LHSTy(LHSType);
    // Simple assignment "x = y".
    if (LHS->getObjectKind() == OK_ObjCProperty) {
      ExprResult LHSResult = Owned(LHS);
      ConvertPropertyForLValue(LHSResult, RHS, LHSTy);
      if (LHSResult.isInvalid())
        return QualType();
      LHS = LHSResult.take();
    }
    ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSTy, RHS);
    if (RHS.isInvalid())
      return QualType();
    // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
    if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
        ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
          RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
         (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
          LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
      ConvTy = Compatible;

    if (ConvTy == Compatible &&
        getLangOptions().ObjCNonFragileABI &&
        LHSType->isObjCObjectType())
      Diag(Loc, diag::err_assignment_requires_nonfragile_object)
        << LHSType;

    // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
    // right next to each other.  If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
    // instead of "x += 4".
    Expr *RHSCheck = RHS.get();
    if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
      RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
    if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
      if ((UO->getOpcode() == UO_Plus ||
           UO->getOpcode() == UO_Minus) &&
          Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
          // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
          Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
          // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
          // unary +/-.  We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
          Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
          UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
        Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
          << (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Plus ? "+" : "-")
          << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
      }
    }

    if (ConvTy == Compatible) {
      if (LHSType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong)
        checkRetainCycles(LHS, RHS.get());
      else if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount)
        checkUnsafeExprAssigns(Loc, LHS, RHS.get());
    }
  } else {
    // Compound assignment "x += y"
    ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(Loc, LHSType, RHSType);
  }

  if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
                               RHS.get(), AA_Assigning))
    return QualType();

  CheckForNullPointerDereference(*this, LHS);
  // Check for trivial buffer overflows.
  CheckArrayAccess(LHS->IgnoreParenCasts());

  // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
  // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
  // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
  // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
  // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
  // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
  // operand.
  return (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus
          ? LHSType : LHSType.getUnqualifiedType());
}

// C99 6.5.17
static QualType CheckCommaOperands(Sema &S, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
                                   SourceLocation Loc) {
  S.DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(LHS.get());

  LHS = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(LHS.take());
  RHS = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(RHS.take());
  if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid())
    return QualType();

  // C's comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1) on both its
  // operands, but not unary promotions.
  // C++'s comma does not do any conversions at all (C++ [expr.comma]p1).

  // So we treat the LHS as a ignored value, and in C++ we allow the
  // containing site to determine what should be done with the RHS.
  LHS = S.IgnoredValueConversions(LHS.take());
  if (LHS.isInvalid())
    return QualType();

  if (!S.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
    RHS = S.DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.take());
    if (RHS.isInvalid())
      return QualType();
    if (!RHS.get()->getType()->isVoidType())
      S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, RHS.get()->getType(), diag::err_incomplete_type);
  }

  return RHS.get()->getType();
}

/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
static QualType CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Sema &S, Expr *Op,
                                               ExprValueKind &VK,
                                               SourceLocation OpLoc,
                                               bool isInc, bool isPrefix) {
  if (Op->isTypeDependent())
    return S.Context.DependentTy;

  QualType ResType = Op->getType();
  assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");

  if (S.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
    // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
    if (!isInc) {
      S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
      return QualType();
    }
    // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
    S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
  } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
    // OK!
  } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
    QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();

    // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
    if (!checkArithmeticOpPointerOperand(S, OpLoc, Op))
      return QualType();

    // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
    else if (PointeeTy->isObjCObjectType() && S.LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
      S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
        << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
      return QualType();
    }
  } else if (ResType->isAnyComplexType()) {
    // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
    S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
      << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
  } else if (ResType->isPlaceholderType()) {
    ExprResult PR = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Op);
    if (PR.isInvalid()) return QualType();
    return CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(S, PR.take(), VK, OpLoc,
                                          isInc, isPrefix);
  } else if (S.getLangOptions().AltiVec && ResType->isVectorType()) {
    // OK! ( C/C++ Language Extensions for CBEA(Version 2.6) 10.3 )
  } else {
    S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
      << ResType << int(isInc) << Op->getSourceRange();
    return QualType();
  }
  // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
  // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
  if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, S))
    return QualType();
  // In C++, a prefix increment is the same type as the operand. Otherwise
  // (in C or with postfix), the increment is the unqualified type of the
  // operand.
  if (isPrefix && S.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
    VK = VK_LValue;
    return ResType;
  } else {
    VK = VK_RValue;
    return ResType.getUnqualifiedType();
  }
}

ExprResult Sema::ConvertPropertyForRValue(Expr *E) {
  assert(E->getValueKind() == VK_LValue &&
         E->getObjectKind() == OK_ObjCProperty);
  const ObjCPropertyRefExpr *PRE = E->getObjCProperty();

  QualType T = E->getType();
  QualType ReceiverType;
  if (PRE->isObjectReceiver())
    ReceiverType = PRE->getBase()->getType();
  else if (PRE->isSuperReceiver())
    ReceiverType = PRE->getSuperReceiverType();
  else
    ReceiverType = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(PRE->getClassReceiver());

  ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
  if (PRE->isImplicitProperty()) {
    if (ObjCMethodDecl *GetterMethod =
          PRE->getImplicitPropertyGetter()) {
      T = getMessageSendResultType(ReceiverType, GetterMethod,
                                   PRE->isClassReceiver(),
                                   PRE->isSuperReceiver());
      VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(GetterMethod->getResultType());
    }
    else {
      Diag(PRE->getLocation(), diag::err_getter_not_found)
            << PRE->getBase()->getType();
    }
  }

  E = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, T, CK_GetObjCProperty,
                               E, 0, VK);

  ExprResult Result = MaybeBindToTemporary(E);
  if (!Result.isInvalid())
    E = Result.take();

  return Owned(E);
}

void Sema::ConvertPropertyForLValue(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, QualType &LHSTy) {
  assert(LHS.get()->getValueKind() == VK_LValue &&
         LHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_ObjCProperty);
  const ObjCPropertyRefExpr *PropRef = LHS.get()->getObjCProperty();

  bool Consumed = false;

  if (PropRef->isImplicitProperty()) {
    // If using property-dot syntax notation for assignment, and there is a
    // setter, RHS expression is being passed to the setter argument. So,
    // type conversion (and comparison) is RHS to setter's argument type.
    if (const ObjCMethodDecl *SetterMD = PropRef->getImplicitPropertySetter()) {
      ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P = SetterMD->param_begin();
      LHSTy = (*P)->getType();
      Consumed = (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
                  (*P)->hasAttr<NSConsumedAttr>());

    // Otherwise, if the getter returns an l-value, just call that.
    } else {
      QualType Result = PropRef->getImplicitPropertyGetter()->getResultType();
      ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(Result);
      if (VK == VK_LValue) {
        LHS = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, LHS.get()->getType(),
                                        CK_GetObjCProperty, LHS.take(), 0, VK);
        return;
      }
    }
  } else if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
    const ObjCMethodDecl *setter
      = PropRef->getExplicitProperty()->getSetterMethodDecl();
    if (setter) {
      ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P = setter->param_begin();
      LHSTy = (*P)->getType();
      Consumed = (*P)->hasAttr<NSConsumedAttr>();
    }
  }

  if ((getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && LHSTy->isRecordType()) ||
      getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount) {
    InitializedEntity Entity =
      InitializedEntity::InitializeParameter(Context, LHSTy, Consumed);
    ExprResult ArgE = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, SourceLocation(), RHS);
    if (!ArgE.isInvalid()) {
      RHS = ArgE;
      if (getLangOptions().ObjCAutoRefCount && !PropRef->isSuperReceiver())
        checkRetainCycles(const_cast<Expr*>(PropRef->getBase()), RHS.get());
    }
  }
}


/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
///  - &(x) => x
///  - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
///  - &s.xx => s
///  - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
///  - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
///  - &"123"[2] -> 0
///  - & __real__ x -> x
static ValueDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
  switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
  case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
    return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
  case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
    // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
    // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
    // irrelevant.
    if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
      return 0;
    // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
    return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
  case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
    // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary!  We should catch the implicit
    // promotion of register arrays earlier.
    Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
    if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
      if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
        return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
    }
    return 0;
  }
  case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
    UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);

    switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
    case UO_Real:
    case UO_Imag:
    case UO_Extension:
      return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
    default:
      return 0;
    }
  }
  case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
    return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
  case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
    // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
    // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
    return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
  default:
    return 0;
  }
}

/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
static QualType CheckAddressOfOperand(Sema &S, Expr *OrigOp,
                                      SourceLocation OpLoc) {
  if (OrigOp->isTypeDependent())
    return S.Context.DependentTy;
  if (OrigOp->getType() == S.Context.OverloadTy)
    return S.Context.OverloadTy;
  if (OrigOp->getType() == S.Context.UnknownAnyTy)
    return S.Context.UnknownAnyTy;
  if (OrigOp->getType() == S.Context.BoundMemberTy) {
    S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_invalid_form_pointer_member_function)
      << OrigOp->getSourceRange();
    return QualType();
  }

  assert(!OrigOp->getType()->isPlaceholderType());

  // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
  Expr *op = OrigOp->IgnoreParens();

  if (S.getLangOptions().C99) {
    // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
    if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
      if (uOp->getOpcode() == UO_Deref)
        // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
        // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
        return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
    }
    // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
    // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
  }
  ValueDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
  Expr::LValueClassification lval = op->ClassifyLValue(S.Context);

  if (lval == Expr::LV_ClassTemporary) {
    bool sfinae = S.isSFINAEContext();
    S.Diag(OpLoc, sfinae ? diag::err_typecheck_addrof_class_temporary
                         : diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_class_temporary)
      << op->getType() << op->getSourceRange();
    if (sfinae)
      return QualType();
  } else if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(op)) {
    return S.Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
  } else if (lval == Expr::LV_MemberFunction) {
    // If it's an instance method, make a member pointer.
    // The expression must have exactly the form &A::foo.

    // If the underlying expression isn't a decl ref, give up.
    if (!isa<DeclRefExpr>(op)) {
      S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_invalid_form_pointer_member_function)
        << OrigOp->getSourceRange();
      return QualType();
    }
    DeclRefExpr *DRE = cast<DeclRefExpr>(op);
    CXXMethodDecl *MD = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DRE->getDecl());

    // The id-expression was parenthesized.
    if (OrigOp != DRE) {
      S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_parens_pointer_member_function)
        << OrigOp->getSourceRange();

    // The method was named without a qualifier.
    } else if (!DRE->getQualifier()) {
      S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_unqualified_pointer_member_function)
        << op->getSourceRange();
    }

    return S.Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
              S.Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
  } else if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
    // C99 6.5.3.2p1
    // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
    if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
      // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
      S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
        << op->getSourceRange();
      return QualType();
    }
  } else if (op->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
    // The operand cannot be a bit-field
    S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
      << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
        return QualType();
  } else if (op->getObjectKind() == OK_VectorComponent) {
    // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
    S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
      << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
    return QualType();
  } else if (op->getObjectKind() == OK_ObjCProperty) {
    // cannot take address of a property expression.
    S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
      << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
    return QualType();
  } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
    // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
    // with the register storage-class specifier.
    if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
      // in C++ it is not error to take address of a register
      // variable (c++03 7.1.1P3)
      if (vd->getStorageClass() == SC_Register &&
          !S.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
        S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
          << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
        return QualType();
      }
    } else if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
      return S.Context.OverloadTy;
    } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(dcl) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(dcl)) {
      // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
      // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
      // scope qualifier for the class.
      if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(op) && cast<DeclRefExpr>(op)->getQualifier()) {
        DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
        if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
          if (dcl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
            S.Diag(OpLoc,
                   diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
              << dcl->getDeclName() << dcl->getType();
            return QualType();
          }

          while (cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
            Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
          return S.Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
                S.Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
        }
      }
    } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
      assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
  }

  if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
    // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
    // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
    // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
    S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
  }

  // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
  if (op->getType()->isObjCObjectType())
    return S.Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(op->getType());
  return S.Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
}

/// CheckIndirectionOperand - Type check unary indirection (prefix '*').
static QualType CheckIndirectionOperand(Sema &S, Expr *Op, ExprValueKind &VK,
                                        SourceLocation OpLoc) {
  if (Op->isTypeDependent())
    return S.Context.DependentTy;

  ExprResult ConvResult = S.UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
  if (ConvResult.isInvalid())
    return QualType();
  Op = ConvResult.take();
  QualType OpTy = Op->getType();
  QualType Result;

  if (isa<CXXReinterpretCastExpr>(Op)) {
    QualType OpOrigType = Op->IgnoreParenCasts()->getType();
    S.CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(OpOrigType, OpTy, /*IsDereference*/true,
                                     Op->getSourceRange());
  }

  // Note that per both C89 and C99, indirection is always legal, even if OpTy
  // is an incomplete type or void.  It would be possible to warn about
  // dereferencing a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a
  // warning is unlikely to catch any mistakes.
  if (const PointerType *PT = OpTy->getAs<PointerType>())
    Result = PT->getPointeeType();
  else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
             OpTy->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>())
    Result = OPT->getPointeeType();
  else {
    ExprResult PR = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Op);
    if (PR.isInvalid()) return QualType();
    if (PR.take() != Op)
      return CheckIndirectionOperand(S, PR.take(), VK, OpLoc);
  }

  if (Result.isNull()) {
    S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
      << OpTy << Op->getSourceRange();
    return QualType();
  }

  // Dereferences are usually l-values...
  VK = VK_LValue;

  // ...except that certain expressions are never l-values in C.
  if (!S.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Result.isCForbiddenLValueType())
    VK = VK_RValue;

  return Result;
}

static inline BinaryOperatorKind ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
  tok::TokenKind Kind) {
  BinaryOperatorKind Opc;
  switch (Kind) {
  default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
  case tok::periodstar:           Opc = BO_PtrMemD; break;
  case tok::arrowstar:            Opc = BO_PtrMemI; break;
  case tok::star:                 Opc = BO_Mul; break;
  case tok::slash:                Opc = BO_Div; break;
  case tok::percent:              Opc = BO_Rem; break;
  case tok::plus:                 Opc = BO_Add; break;
  case tok::minus:                Opc = BO_Sub; break;
  case tok::lessless:             Opc = BO_Shl; break;
  case tok::greatergreater:       Opc = BO_Shr; break;
  case tok::lessequal:            Opc = BO_LE; break;
  case tok::less:                 Opc = BO_LT; break;
  case tok::greaterequal:         Opc = BO_GE; break;
  case tok::greater:              Opc = BO_GT; break;
  case tok::exclaimequal:         Opc = BO_NE; break;
  case tok::equalequal:           Opc = BO_EQ; break;
  case tok::amp:                  Opc = BO_And; break;
  case tok::caret:                Opc = BO_Xor; break;
  case tok::pipe:                 Opc = BO_Or; break;
  case tok::ampamp:               Opc = BO_LAnd; break;
  case tok::pipepipe:             Opc = BO_LOr; break;
  case tok::equal:                Opc = BO_Assign; break;
  case tok::starequal:            Opc = BO_MulAssign; break;
  case tok::slashequal:           Opc = BO_DivAssign; break;
  case tok::percentequal:         Opc = BO_RemAssign; break;
  case tok::plusequal:            Opc = BO_AddAssign; break;
  case tok::minusequal:           Opc = BO_SubAssign; break;
  case tok::lesslessequal:        Opc = BO_ShlAssign; break;
  case tok::greatergreaterequal:  Opc = BO_ShrAssign; break;
  case tok::ampequal:             Opc = BO_AndAssign; break;
  case tok::caretequal:           Opc = BO_XorAssign; break;
  case tok::pipeequal:            Opc = BO_OrAssign; break;
  case tok::comma:                Opc = BO_Comma; break;
  }
  return Opc;
}

static inline UnaryOperatorKind ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
  tok::TokenKind Kind) {
  UnaryOperatorKind Opc;
  switch (Kind) {
  default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
  case tok::plusplus:     Opc = UO_PreInc; break;
  case tok::minusminus:   Opc = UO_PreDec; break;
  case tok::amp:          Opc = UO_AddrOf; break;
  case tok::star:         Opc = UO_Deref; break;
  case tok::plus:         Opc = UO_Plus; break;
  case tok::minus:        Opc = UO_Minus; break;
  case tok::tilde:        Opc = UO_Not; break;
  case tok::exclaim:      Opc = UO_LNot; break;
  case tok::kw___real:    Opc = UO_Real; break;
  case tok::kw___imag:    Opc = UO_Imag; break;
  case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UO_Extension; break;
  }
  return Opc;
}

/// DiagnoseSelfAssignment - Emits a warning if a value is assigned to itself.
/// This warning is only emitted for builtin assignment operations. It is also
/// suppressed in the event of macro expansions.
static void DiagnoseSelfAssignment(Sema &S, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs,
                                   SourceLocation OpLoc) {
  if (!S.ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
    return;
  if (OpLoc.isInvalid() || OpLoc.isMacroID())
    return;
  lhs = lhs->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
  rhs = rhs->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
  const DeclRefExpr *LeftDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lhs);
  const DeclRefExpr *RightDeclRef = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rhs);
  if (!LeftDeclRef || !RightDeclRef ||
      LeftDeclRef->getLocation().isMacroID() ||
      RightDeclRef->getLocation().isMacroID())
    return;
  const ValueDecl *LeftDecl =
    cast<ValueDecl>(LeftDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
  const ValueDecl *RightDecl =
    cast<ValueDecl>(RightDeclRef->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
  if (LeftDecl != RightDecl)
    return;
  if (LeftDecl->getType().isVolatileQualified())
    return;
  if (const ReferenceType *RefTy = LeftDecl->getType()->getAs<ReferenceType>())
    if (RefTy->getPointeeType().isVolatileQualified())
      return;

  S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_self_assignment)
      << LeftDeclRef->getType()
      << lhs->getSourceRange() << rhs->getSourceRange();
}

/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
ExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
                                    BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
                                    Expr *lhsExpr, Expr *rhsExpr) {
  ExprResult lhs = Owned(lhsExpr), rhs = Owned(rhsExpr);
  QualType ResultTy;     // Result type of the binary operator.
  // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
  QualType CompLHSTy;    // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
  QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
  ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
  ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;

  // Check if a 'foo<int>' involved in a binary op, identifies a single
  // function unambiguously (i.e. an lvalue ala 13.4)
  // But since an assignment can trigger target based overload, exclude it in
  // our blind search. i.e:
  // template<class T> void f(); template<class T, class U> void f(U);
  // f<int> == 0;  // resolve f<int> blindly
  // void (*p)(int); p = f<int>;  // resolve f<int> using target
  if (Opc != BO_Assign) {
    ExprResult resolvedLHS = CheckPlaceholderExpr(lhs.get());
    if (!resolvedLHS.isUsable()) return ExprError();
    lhs = move(resolvedLHS);

    ExprResult resolvedRHS = CheckPlaceholderExpr(rhs.get());
    if (!resolvedRHS.isUsable()) return ExprError();
    rhs = move(resolvedRHS);
  }

  // The canonical way to check for a GNU null is with isNullPointerConstant,
  // but we use a bit of a hack here for speed; this is a relatively
  // hot path, and isNullPointerConstant is slow.
  bool LeftNull = isa<GNUNullExpr>(lhs.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
  bool RightNull = isa<GNUNullExpr>(rhs.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts());

  // Detect when a NULL constant is used improperly in an expression.  These
  // are mainly cases where the null pointer is used as an integer instead
  // of a pointer.
  if (LeftNull || RightNull) {
    // Avoid analyzing cases where the result will either be invalid (and
    // diagnosed as such) or entirely valid and not something to warn about.
    QualType LeftType = lhs.get()->getType();
    QualType RightType = rhs.get()->getType();
    if (!LeftType->isBlockPointerType() && !LeftType->isMemberPointerType() &&
        !LeftType->isFunctionType() &&
        !RightType->isBlockPointerType() &&
        !RightType->isMemberPointerType() &&
        !RightType->isFunctionType()) {
      if (Opc == BO_Mul || Opc == BO_Div || Opc == BO_Rem || Opc == BO_Add ||
          Opc == BO_Sub || Opc == BO_Shl || Opc == BO_Shr || Opc == BO_And ||
          Opc == BO_Xor || Opc == BO_Or || Opc == BO_MulAssign ||
          Opc == BO_DivAssign || Opc == BO_AddAssign || Opc == BO_SubAssign ||
          Opc == BO_RemAssign || Opc == BO_ShlAssign || Opc == BO_ShrAssign ||
          Opc == BO_AndAssign || Opc == BO_OrAssign || Opc == BO_XorAssign) {
        // These are the operations that would not make sense with a null pointer
        // no matter what the other expression is.
        Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_null_in_arithmetic_operation)
          << (LeftNull ? lhs.get()->getSourceRange() : SourceRange())
          << (RightNull ? rhs.get()->getSourceRange() : SourceRange());
      } else if (Opc == BO_LE || Opc == BO_LT || Opc == BO_GE || Opc == BO_GT ||
                 Opc == BO_EQ || Opc == BO_NE) {
        // These are the operations that would not make sense with a null pointer
        // if the other expression the other expression is not a pointer.
        if (LeftNull != RightNull &&
            !LeftType->isAnyPointerType() &&
            !LeftType->canDecayToPointerType() &&
            !RightType->isAnyPointerType() &&
            !RightType->canDecayToPointerType()) {
          Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_null_in_arithmetic_operation)
            << (LeftNull ? lhs.get()->getSourceRange()
                         : rhs.get()->getSourceRange());
        }
      }
    }
  }

  switch (Opc) {
  case BO_Assign:
    ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs.get(), rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
    if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
        lhs.get()->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty) {
      VK = lhs.get()->getValueKind();
      OK = lhs.get()->getObjectKind();
    }
    if (!ResultTy.isNull())
      DiagnoseSelfAssignment(*this, lhs.get(), rhs.get(), OpLoc);
    break;
  case BO_PtrMemD:
  case BO_PtrMemI:
    ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, VK, OpLoc,
                                            Opc == BO_PtrMemI);
    break;
  case BO_Mul:
  case BO_Div:
    ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, false,
                                           Opc == BO_Div);
    break;
  case BO_Rem:
    ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
    break;
  case BO_Add:
    ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
    break;
  case BO_Sub:
    ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
    break;
  case BO_Shl:
  case BO_Shr:
    ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc);
    break;
  case BO_LE:
  case BO_LT:
  case BO_GE:
  case BO_GT:
    ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
    break;
  case BO_EQ:
  case BO_NE:
    ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
    break;
  case BO_And:
  case BO_Xor:
  case BO_Or:
    ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
    break;
  case BO_LAnd:
  case BO_LOr:
    ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc);
    break;
  case BO_MulAssign:
  case BO_DivAssign:
    CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true,
                                               Opc == BO_DivAssign);
    CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
    if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !lhs.isInvalid() && !rhs.isInvalid())
      ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs.get(), rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
    break;
  case BO_RemAssign:
    CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
    CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
    if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !lhs.isInvalid() && !rhs.isInvalid())
      ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs.get(), rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
    break;
  case BO_AddAssign:
    CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
    if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !lhs.isInvalid() && !rhs.isInvalid())
      ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs.get(), rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
    break;
  case BO_SubAssign:
    CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
    if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !lhs.isInvalid() && !rhs.isInvalid())
      ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs.get(), rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
    break;
  case BO_ShlAssign:
  case BO_ShrAssign:
    CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
    CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
    if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !lhs.isInvalid() && !rhs.isInvalid())
      ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs.get(), rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
    break;
  case BO_AndAssign:
  case BO_XorAssign:
  case BO_OrAssign:
    CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
    CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
    if (!CompResultTy.isNull() && !lhs.isInvalid() && !rhs.isInvalid())
      ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs.get(), rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
    break;
  case BO_Comma:
    ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(*this, lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
    if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !rhs.isInvalid()) {
      VK = rhs.get()->getValueKind();
      OK = rhs.get()->getObjectKind();
    }
    break;
  }
  if (ResultTy.isNull() || lhs.isInvalid() || rhs.isInvalid())
    return ExprError();
  if (CompResultTy.isNull())
    return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs.take(), rhs.take(), Opc,
                                              ResultTy, VK, OK, OpLoc));
  if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && lhs.get()->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty) {
    VK = VK_LValue;
    OK = lhs.get()->getObjectKind();
  }
  return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs.take(), rhs.take(), Opc,
                                                    ResultTy, VK, OK, CompLHSTy,
                                                    CompResultTy, OpLoc));
}

/// DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence - Emit a warning when bitwise and comparison
/// operators are mixed in a way that suggests that the programmer forgot that
/// comparison operators have higher precedence. The most typical example of
/// such code is "flags & 0x0020 != 0", which is equivalent to "flags & 1".
static void DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
                                      SourceLocation OpLoc,Expr *lhs,Expr *rhs){
  typedef BinaryOperator BinOp;
  BinOp::Opcode lhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1),
                rhsopc = static_cast<BinOp::Opcode>(-1);
  if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(lhs))
    lhsopc = BO->getOpcode();
  if (BinOp *BO = dyn_cast<BinOp>(rhs))
    rhsopc = BO->getOpcode();

  // Subs are not binary operators.
  if (lhsopc == -1 && rhsopc == -1)
    return;

  // Bitwise operations are sometimes used as eager logical ops.
  // Don't diagnose this.
  if ((BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(lhsopc)) &&
      (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc) || BinOp::isBitwiseOp(rhsopc)))
    return;

  if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(lhsopc)) {
    Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
        << SourceRange(lhs->getLocStart(), OpLoc)
        << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(lhsopc);
    SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
      Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_silence)
          << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(lhsopc),
      lhs->getSourceRange());
    SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
      Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_first)
          << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc),
      SourceRange(cast<BinOp>(lhs)->getRHS()->getLocStart(), rhs->getLocEnd()));
  } else if (BinOp::isComparisonOp(rhsopc)) {
    Self.Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_precedence_bitwise_rel)
        << SourceRange(OpLoc, rhs->getLocEnd())
        << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc) << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(rhsopc);
    SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
      Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_silence)
          << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(rhsopc),
      rhs->getSourceRange());
    SuggestParentheses(Self, OpLoc,
      Self.PDiag(diag::note_precedence_bitwise_first)
        << BinOp::getOpcodeStr(Opc),
      SourceRange(lhs->getLocStart(),
                  cast<BinOp>(rhs)->getLHS()->getLocStart()));
  }
}

/// \brief It accepts a '&' expr that is inside a '|' one.
/// Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps the '&' expression
/// in parentheses.
static void
EmitDiagnosticForBitwiseAndInBitwiseOr(Sema &Self, SourceLocation OpLoc,
                                       BinaryOperator *Bop) {
  assert(Bop->getOpcode() == BO_And);
  Self.Diag(Bop->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_bitwise_and_in_bitwise_or)
      << Bop->getSourceRange() << OpLoc;
  SuggestParentheses(Self, Bop->getOperatorLoc(),
    Self.PDiag(diag::note_bitwise_and_in_bitwise_or_silence),
    Bop->getSourceRange());
}

/// \brief It accepts a '&&' expr that is inside a '||' one.
/// Emit a diagnostic together with a fixit hint that wraps the '&&' expression
/// in parentheses.
static void
EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(Sema &Self, SourceLocation OpLoc,
                                       BinaryOperator *Bop) {
  assert(Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd);
  Self.Diag(Bop->getOperatorLoc(), diag::warn_logical_and_in_logical_or)
      << Bop->getSourceRange() << OpLoc;
  SuggestParentheses(Self, Bop->getOperatorLoc(),
    Self.PDiag(diag::note_logical_and_in_logical_or_silence),
    Bop->getSourceRange());
}

/// \brief Returns true if the given expression can be evaluated as a constant
/// 'true'.
static bool EvaluatesAsTrue(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
  bool Res;
  return E->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Res, S.getASTContext()) && Res;
}

/// \brief Returns true if the given expression can be evaluated as a constant
/// 'false'.
static bool EvaluatesAsFalse(Sema &S, Expr *E) {
  bool Res;
  return E->EvaluateAsBooleanCondition(Res, S.getASTContext()) && !Res;
}

/// \brief Look for '&&' in the left hand of a '||' expr.
static void DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrLHS(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
                                             Expr *OrLHS, Expr *OrRHS) {
  if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(OrLHS)) {
    if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd) {
      // If it's "a && b || 0" don't warn since the precedence doesn't matter.
      if (EvaluatesAsFalse(S, OrRHS))
        return;
      // If it's "1 && a || b" don't warn since the precedence doesn't matter.
      if (!EvaluatesAsTrue(S, Bop->getLHS()))
        return EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(S, OpLoc, Bop);
    } else if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LOr) {
      if (BinaryOperator *RBop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Bop->getRHS())) {
        // If it's "a || b && 1 || c" we didn't warn earlier for
        // "a || b && 1", but warn now.
        if (RBop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd && EvaluatesAsTrue(S, RBop->getRHS()))
          return EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(S, OpLoc, RBop);
      }
    }
  }
}

/// \brief Look for '&&' in the right hand of a '||' expr.
static void DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrRHS(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
                                             Expr *OrLHS, Expr *OrRHS) {
  if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(OrRHS)) {
    if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_LAnd) {
      // If it's "0 || a && b" don't warn since the precedence doesn't matter.
      if (EvaluatesAsFalse(S, OrLHS))
        return;
      // If it's "a || b && 1" don't warn since the precedence doesn't matter.
      if (!EvaluatesAsTrue(S, Bop->getRHS()))
        return EmitDiagnosticForLogicalAndInLogicalOr(S, OpLoc, Bop);
    }
  }
}

/// \brief Look for '&' in the left or right hand of a '|' expr.
static void DiagnoseBitwiseAndInBitwiseOr(Sema &S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
                                             Expr *OrArg) {
  if (BinaryOperator *Bop = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(OrArg)) {
    if (Bop->getOpcode() == BO_And)
      return EmitDiagnosticForBitwiseAndInBitwiseOr(S, OpLoc, Bop);
  }
}

/// DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence - Emit warnings for expressions with tricky
/// precedence.
static void DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(Sema &Self, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
                                    SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs){
  // Diagnose "arg1 'bitwise' arg2 'eq' arg3".
  if (BinaryOperator::isBitwiseOp(Opc))
    DiagnoseBitwisePrecedence(Self, Opc, OpLoc, lhs, rhs);

  // Diagnose "arg1 & arg2 | arg3"
  if (Opc == BO_Or && !OpLoc.isMacroID()/* Don't warn in macros. */) {
    DiagnoseBitwiseAndInBitwiseOr(Self, OpLoc, lhs);
    DiagnoseBitwiseAndInBitwiseOr(Self, OpLoc, rhs);
  }

  // Warn about arg1 || arg2 && arg3, as GCC 4.3+ does.
  // We don't warn for 'assert(a || b && "bad")' since this is safe.
  if (Opc == BO_LOr && !OpLoc.isMacroID()/* Don't warn in macros. */) {
    DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrLHS(Self, OpLoc, lhs, rhs);
    DiagnoseLogicalAndInLogicalOrRHS(Self, OpLoc, lhs, rhs);
  }
}

// Binary Operators.  'Tok' is the token for the operator.
ExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
                            tok::TokenKind Kind,
                            Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
  BinaryOperatorKind Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
  assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
  assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");

  // Emit warnings for tricky precedence issues, e.g. "bitfield & 0x4 == 0"
  DiagnoseBinOpPrecedence(*this, Opc, TokLoc, lhs, rhs);

  return BuildBinOp(S, TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
}

ExprResult Sema::BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
                            BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
                            Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
  if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
    bool UseBuiltinOperator;

    if (lhs->isTypeDependent() || rhs->isTypeDependent()) {
      UseBuiltinOperator = false;
    } else if (Opc == BO_Assign && lhs->getObjectKind() == OK_ObjCProperty) {
      UseBuiltinOperator = true;
    } else {
      UseBuiltinOperator = !lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() &&
                           !rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType();
    }

    if (!UseBuiltinOperator) {
      // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
      // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
      // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
      // the arguments.
      UnresolvedSet<16> Functions;
      OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp
        = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
      if (S && OverOp != OO_None)
        LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
                                     Functions);

      // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
      // binary operation.
      return CreateOverloadedBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
    }
  }

  // Build a built-in binary operation.
  return CreateBuiltinBinOp(OpLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
}

ExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
                                      UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
                                      Expr *InputExpr) {
  ExprResult Input = Owned(InputExpr);
  ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
  ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
  QualType resultType;
  switch (Opc) {
  case UO_PreInc:
  case UO_PreDec:
  case UO_PostInc:
  case UO_PostDec:
    resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(*this, Input.get(), VK, OpLoc,
                                                Opc == UO_PreInc ||
                                                Opc == UO_PostInc,
                                                Opc == UO_PreInc ||
                                                Opc == UO_PreDec);
    break;
  case UO_AddrOf:
    resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(*this, Input.get(), OpLoc);
    break;
  case UO_Deref: {
    ExprResult resolved = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Input.get());
    if (!resolved.isUsable()) return ExprError();
    Input = move(resolved);
    Input = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input.take());
    resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(*this, Input.get(), VK, OpLoc);
    break;
  }
  case UO_Plus:
  case UO_Minus:
    Input = UsualUnaryConversions(Input.take());
    if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
    resultType = Input.get()->getType();
    if (resultType->isDependentType())
      break;
    if (resultType->isArithmeticType() || // C99 6.5.3.3p1
        resultType->isVectorType())
      break;
    else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
             resultType->isEnumeralType())
      break;
    else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
             Opc == UO_Plus &&
             resultType->isPointerType())
      break;
    else if (resultType->isPlaceholderType()) {
      Input = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Input.take());
      if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
      return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Input.take());
    }

    return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
      << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());

  case UO_Not: // bitwise complement
    Input = UsualUnaryConversions(Input.take());
    if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
    resultType = Input.get()->getType();
    if (resultType->isDependentType())
      break;
    // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
    if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
      // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
      Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
        << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange();
    else if (resultType->hasIntegerRepresentation())
      break;
    else if (resultType->isPlaceholderType()) {
      Input = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Input.take());
      if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
      return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Input.take());
    } else {
      return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
        << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
    }
    break;

  case UO_LNot: // logical negation
    // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
    Input = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Input.take());
    if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
    resultType = Input.get()->getType();
    if (resultType->isDependentType())
      break;
    if (resultType->isScalarType()) {
      // C99 6.5.3.3p1: ok, fallthrough;
      if (Context.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
        // C++03 [expr.unary.op]p8, C++0x [expr.unary.op]p9:
        // operand contextually converted to bool.
        Input = ImpCastExprToType(Input.take(), Context.BoolTy,
                                  ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(resultType));
      }
    } else if (resultType->isPlaceholderType()) {
      Input = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Input.take());
      if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
      return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Input.take());
    } else {
      return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
        << resultType << Input.get()->getSourceRange());
    }

    // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
    // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
    resultType = Context.getLogicalOperationType();
    break;
  case UO_Real:
  case UO_Imag:
    resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(*this, Input, OpLoc, Opc == UO_Real);
    // _Real and _Imag map ordinary l-values into ordinary l-values.
    if (Input.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
    if (Input.get()->getValueKind() != VK_RValue &&
        Input.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary)
      VK = Input.get()->getValueKind();
    break;
  case UO_Extension:
    resultType = Input.get()->getType();
    VK = Input.get()->getValueKind();
    OK = Input.get()->getObjectKind();
    break;
  }
  if (resultType.isNull() || Input.isInvalid())
    return ExprError();

  return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input.take(), Opc, resultType,
                                           VK, OK, OpLoc));
}

ExprResult Sema::BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
                              UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
                              Expr *Input) {
  if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType() &&
      UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc) != OO_None) {
    // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
    // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
    // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
    // the arguments.
    UnresolvedSet<16> Functions;
    OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
    if (S && OverOp != OO_None)
      LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
                                   Functions);

    return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, Input);
  }

  return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Input);
}

// Unary Operators.  'Tok' is the token for the operator.
ExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
                              tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input) {
  return BuildUnaryOp(S, OpLoc, ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op), Input);
}

/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
ExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc,
                                LabelDecl *TheDecl) {
  TheDecl->setUsed();
  // Create the AST node.  The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
  return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, TheDecl,
                                       Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
}

/// Given the last statement in a statement-expression, check whether
/// the result is a producing expression (like a call to an
/// ns_returns_retained function) and, if so, rebuild it to hoist the
/// release out of the full-expression.  Otherwise, return null.
/// Cannot fail.
static Expr *maybeRebuildARCConsumingStmt(Stmt *s) {
  // Should always be wrapped with one of these.
  ExprWithCleanups *cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(s);
  if (!cleanups) return 0;

  ImplicitCastExpr *cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(cleanups->getSubExpr());
  if (!cast || cast->getCastKind() != CK_ObjCConsumeObject)
    return 0;

  // Splice out the cast.  This shouldn't modify any interesting
  // features of the statement.
  Expr *producer = cast->getSubExpr();
  assert(producer->getType() == cast->getType());
  assert(producer->getValueKind() == cast->getValueKind());
  cleanups->setSubExpr(producer);
  return cleanups;
}

ExprResult
Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
                    SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
  assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
  CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);

  bool isFileScope
    = (getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0) && (getCurBlock() == 0);
  if (isFileScope)
    return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));

  // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
  // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
  // More semantic analysis is needed.

  // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
  // as the type of the stmtexpr.
  QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
  bool StmtExprMayBindToTemp = false;
  if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
    Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
    LabelStmt *LastLabelStmt = 0;
    // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
    while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt)) {
      LastLabelStmt = Label;
      LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
    }

    if (Expr *LastE = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt)) {
      // Do function/array conversion on the last expression, but not
      // lvalue-to-rvalue.  However, initialize an unqualified type.
      ExprResult LastExpr = DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LastE);
      if (LastExpr.isInvalid())
        return ExprError();
      Ty = LastExpr.get()->getType().getUnqualifiedType();

      if (!Ty->isDependentType() && !LastExpr.get()->isTypeDependent()) {
        // In ARC, if the final expression ends in a consume, splice
        // the consume out and bind it later.  In the alternate case
        // (when dealing with a retainable type), the result
        // initialization will create a produce.  In both cases the
        // result will be +1, and we'll need to balance that out with
        // a bind.
        if (Expr *rebuiltLastStmt
              = maybeRebuildARCConsumingStmt(LastExpr.get())) {
          LastExpr = rebuiltLastStmt;
        } else {
          LastExpr = PerformCopyInitialization(
                            InitializedEntity::InitializeResult(LPLoc,
                                                                Ty,
                                                                false),
                                                   SourceLocation(),
                                               LastExpr);
        }

        if (LastExpr.isInvalid())
          return ExprError();
        if (LastExpr.get() != 0) {
          if (!LastLabelStmt)
            Compound->setLastStmt(LastExpr.take());
          else
            LastLabelStmt->setSubStmt(LastExpr.take());
          StmtExprMayBindToTemp = true;
        }
      }
    }
  }

  // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
  // expressions are not lvalues.
  Expr *ResStmtExpr = new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc);
  if (StmtExprMayBindToTemp)
    return MaybeBindToTemporary(ResStmtExpr);
  return Owned(ResStmtExpr);
}

ExprResult Sema::BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
                                      TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
                                      OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
                                      unsigned NumComponents,
                                      SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
  QualType ArgTy = TInfo->getType();
  bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
  SourceRange TypeRange = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange();

  // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
  // one is known to be a field designator.  Verify that the ArgTy represents
  // a struct/union/class.
  if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
    return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
                       << ArgTy << TypeRange);

  // Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
  // with an incomplete type would be ill-formed.
  if (!Dependent
      && RequireCompleteType(BuiltinLoc, ArgTy,
                             PDiag(diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type)
                               << TypeRange))
    return ExprError();

  // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
  // GCC extension, diagnose them.
  // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
  // a system header!
  if (NumComponents != 1)
    Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
      << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);

  bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
  QualType CurrentType = ArgTy;
  typedef OffsetOfExpr::OffsetOfNode OffsetOfNode;
  llvm::SmallVector<OffsetOfNode, 4> Comps;
  llvm::SmallVector<Expr*, 4> Exprs;
  for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
    const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
    if (OC.isBrackets) {
      // Offset of an array sub-field.  TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
      if (!CurrentType->isDependentType()) {
        const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(CurrentType);
        if(!AT)
          return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
                           << CurrentType);
        CurrentType = AT->getElementType();
      } else
        CurrentType = Context.DependentTy;

      // The expression must be an integral expression.
      // FIXME: An integral constant expression?
      Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
      if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->isValueDependent() &&
          !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
        return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
                              diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
                         << Idx->getSourceRange());

      // Record this array index.
      Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, Exprs.size(), OC.LocEnd));
      Exprs.push_back(Idx);
      continue;
    }

    // Offset of a field.
    if (CurrentType->isDependentType()) {
      // We have the offset of a field, but we can't look into the dependent
      // type. Just record the identifier of the field.
      Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocEnd));
      CurrentType = Context.DependentTy;
      continue;
    }

    // We need to have a complete type to look into.
    if (RequireCompleteType(OC.LocStart, CurrentType,
                            diag::err_offsetof_incomplete_type))
      return ExprError();

    // Look for the designated field.
    const RecordType *RC = CurrentType->getAs<RecordType>();
    if (!RC)
      return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
                       << CurrentType);
    RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();

    // C++ [lib.support.types]p5:
    //   The macro offsetof accepts a restricted set of type arguments in this
    //   International Standard. type shall be a POD structure or a POD union
    //   (clause 9).
    if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
      if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD &&
          DiagRuntimeBehavior(BuiltinLoc, 0,
                              PDiag(diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
                              << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
                              << CurrentType))
        DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
    }

    // Look for the field.
    LookupResult R(*this, OC.U.IdentInfo, OC.LocStart, LookupMemberName);
    LookupQualifiedName(R, RD);
    FieldDecl *MemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<FieldDecl>();
    IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectMemberDecl = 0;
    if (!MemberDecl) {
      if ((IndirectMemberDecl = R.getAsSingle<IndirectFieldDecl>()))
        MemberDecl = IndirectMemberDecl->getAnonField();
    }

    if (!MemberDecl)
      return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_no_member)
                       << OC.U.IdentInfo << RD << SourceRange(OC.LocStart,
                                                              OC.LocEnd));

    // C99 7.17p3:
    //   (If the specified member is a bit-field, the behavior is undefined.)
    //
    // We diagnose this as an error.
    if (MemberDecl->getBitWidth()) {
      Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_bitfield)
        << MemberDecl->getDeclName()
        << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RParenLoc);
      Diag(MemberDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_bitfield_decl);
      return ExprError();
    }

    RecordDecl *Parent = MemberDecl->getParent();
    if (IndirectMemberDecl)
      Parent = cast<RecordDecl>(IndirectMemberDecl->getDeclContext());

    // If the member was found in a base class, introduce OffsetOfNodes for
    // the base class indirections.
    CXXBasePaths Paths(/*FindAmbiguities=*/true, /*RecordPaths=*/true,
                       /*DetectVirtual=*/false);
    if (IsDerivedFrom(CurrentType, Context.getTypeDeclType(Parent), Paths)) {
      CXXBasePath &Path = Paths.front();
      for (CXXBasePath::iterator B = Path.begin(), BEnd = Path.end();
           B != BEnd; ++B)
        Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(B->Base));
    }

    if (IndirectMemberDecl) {
      for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator FI =
           IndirectMemberDecl->chain_begin(),
           FEnd = IndirectMemberDecl->chain_end(); FI != FEnd; FI++) {
        assert(isa<FieldDecl>(*FI));
        Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart,
                                     cast<FieldDecl>(*FI), OC.LocEnd));
      }
    } else
      Comps.push_back(OffsetOfNode(OC.LocStart, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd));

    CurrentType = MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType();
  }

  return Owned(OffsetOfExpr::Create(Context, Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc,
                                    TInfo, Comps.data(), Comps.size(),
                                    Exprs.data(), Exprs.size(), RParenLoc));
}

ExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
                                      SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
                                      SourceLocation TypeLoc,
                                      ParsedType argty,
                                      OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
                                      unsigned NumComponents,
                                      SourceLocation RPLoc) {

  TypeSourceInfo *ArgTInfo;
  QualType ArgTy = GetTypeFromParser(argty, &ArgTInfo);
  if (ArgTy.isNull())
    return ExprError();

  if (!ArgTInfo)
    ArgTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ArgTy, TypeLoc);

  return BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(BuiltinLoc, ArgTInfo, CompPtr, NumComponents,
                              RPLoc);
}


ExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
                                 Expr *CondExpr,
                                 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
                                 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
  assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");

  ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue;
  ExprObjectKind OK = OK_Ordinary;
  QualType resType;
  bool ValueDependent = false;
  if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
    resType = Context.DependentTy;
    ValueDependent = true;
  } else {
    // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
    llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
    SourceLocation ExpLoc;
    if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
      return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
                       diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
        << CondExpr->getSourceRange());

    // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
    Expr *ActiveExpr = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr : RHSExpr;

    resType = ActiveExpr->getType();
    ValueDependent = ActiveExpr->isValueDependent();
    VK = ActiveExpr->getValueKind();
    OK = ActiveExpr->getObjectKind();
  }

  return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
                                        resType, VK, OK, RPLoc,
                                        resType->isDependentType(),
                                        ValueDependent));
}

//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
// Clang Extensions.
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//

/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
  BlockDecl *Block = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
  PushBlockScope(BlockScope, Block);
  CurContext->addDecl(Block);
  if (BlockScope)
    PushDeclContext(BlockScope, Block);
  else
    CurContext = Block;
}

void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
  assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
  assert(ParamInfo.getContext() == Declarator::BlockLiteralContext);
  BlockScopeInfo *CurBlock = getCurBlock();

  TypeSourceInfo *Sig = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
  QualType T = Sig->getType();

  // GetTypeForDeclarator always produces a function type for a block
  // literal signature.  Furthermore, it is always a FunctionProtoType
  // unless the function was written with a typedef.
  assert(T->isFunctionType() &&
         "GetTypeForDeclarator made a non-function block signature");

  // Look for an explicit signature in that function type.
  FunctionProtoTypeLoc ExplicitSignature;

  TypeLoc tmp = Sig->getTypeLoc().IgnoreParens();
  if (isa<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>(tmp)) {
    ExplicitSignature = cast<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>(tmp);

    // Check whether that explicit signature was synthesized by
    // GetTypeForDeclarator.  If so, don't save that as part of the
    // written signature.
    if (ExplicitSignature.getLocalRangeBegin() ==
        ExplicitSignature.getLocalRangeEnd()) {
      // This would be much cheaper if we stored TypeLocs instead of
      // TypeSourceInfos.
      TypeLoc Result = ExplicitSignature.getResultLoc();
      unsigned Size = Result.getFullDataSize();
      Sig = Context.CreateTypeSourceInfo(Result.getType(), Size);
      Sig->getTypeLoc().initializeFullCopy(Result, Size);

      ExplicitSignature = FunctionProtoTypeLoc();
    }
  }

  CurBlock->TheDecl->setSignatureAsWritten(Sig);
  CurBlock->FunctionType = T;

  const FunctionType *Fn = T->getAs<FunctionType>();
  QualType RetTy = Fn->getResultType();
  bool isVariadic =
    (isa<FunctionProtoType>(Fn) && cast<FunctionProtoType>(Fn)->isVariadic());

  CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(isVariadic);

  // Don't allow returning a objc interface by value.
  if (RetTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
    Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
         diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
    return;
  }

  // Context.DependentTy is used as a placeholder for a missing block
  // return type.  TODO:  what should we do with declarators like:
  //   ^ * { ... }
  // If the answer is "apply template argument deduction"....
  if (RetTy != Context.DependentTy)
    CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;

  // Push block parameters from the declarator if we had them.
  llvm::SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 8> Params;
  if (ExplicitSignature) {
    for (unsigned I = 0, E = ExplicitSignature.getNumArgs(); I != E; ++I) {
      ParmVarDecl *Param = ExplicitSignature.getArg(I);
      if (Param->getIdentifier() == 0 &&
          !Param->isImplicit() &&
          !Param->isInvalidDecl() &&
          !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
        Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_parameter_name_omitted);
      Params.push_back(Param);
    }

  // Fake up parameter variables if we have a typedef, like
  //   ^ fntype { ... }
  } else if (const FunctionProtoType *Fn = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
    for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator
           I = Fn->arg_type_begin(), E = Fn->arg_type_end(); I != E; ++I) {
      ParmVarDecl *Param =
        BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(CurBlock->TheDecl,
                                   ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
                                   *I);
      Params.push_back(Param);
    }
  }

  // Set the parameters on the block decl.
  if (!Params.empty()) {
    CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Params.data(), Params.size());
    CheckParmsForFunctionDef(CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
                             CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(),
                             /*CheckParameterNames=*/false);
  }

  // Finally we can process decl attributes.
  ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);

  if (!isVariadic && CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
    Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
         diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
    // FIXME: remove the attribute.
  }

  // Put the parameter variables in scope.  We can bail out immediately
  // if we don't have any.
  if (Params.empty())
    return;

  for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
         E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI) {
    (*AI)->setOwningFunction(CurBlock->TheDecl);

    // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
    if ((*AI)->getIdentifier()) {
      CheckShadow(CurBlock->TheScope, *AI);

      PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
    }
  }
}

/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
  // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
  PopDeclContext();
  PopFunctionOrBlockScope();
}

/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
/// literal was successfully completed.  ^(int x){...}
ExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
                                    Stmt *Body, Scope *CurScope) {
  // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
  if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
    Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);

  BlockScopeInfo *BSI = cast<BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes.back());

  PopDeclContext();

  QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
  if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
    RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;

  bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
  QualType BlockTy;

  // Set the captured variables on the block.
  BSI->TheDecl->setCaptures(Context, BSI->Captures.begin(), BSI->Captures.end(),
                            BSI->CapturesCXXThis);

  // If the user wrote a function type in some form, try to use that.
  if (!BSI->FunctionType.isNull()) {
    const FunctionType *FTy = BSI->FunctionType->getAs<FunctionType>();

    FunctionType::ExtInfo Ext = FTy->getExtInfo();
    if (NoReturn && !Ext.getNoReturn()) Ext = Ext.withNoReturn(true);

    // Turn protoless block types into nullary block types.
    if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FTy)) {
      FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
      EPI.ExtInfo = Ext;
      BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, EPI);

    // Otherwise, if we don't need to change anything about the function type,
    // preserve its sugar structure.
    } else if (FTy->getResultType() == RetTy &&
               (!NoReturn || FTy->getNoReturnAttr())) {
      BlockTy = BSI->FunctionType;

    // Otherwise, make the minimal modifications to the function type.
    } else {
      const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(FTy);
      FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
      EPI.TypeQuals = 0; // FIXME: silently?
      EPI.ExtInfo = Ext;
      BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy,
                                        FPT->arg_type_begin(),
                                        FPT->getNumArgs(),
                                        EPI);
    }

  // If we don't have a function type, just build one from nothing.
  } else {
    FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
    EPI.ExtInfo = FunctionType::ExtInfo().withNoReturn(NoReturn);
    BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, EPI);
  }

  DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->TheDecl->param_begin(),
                           BSI->TheDecl->param_end());
  BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);

  // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
  if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
      !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction())
    DiagnoseInvalidJumps(cast<CompoundStmt>(Body));

  BSI->TheDecl->setBody(cast<CompoundStmt>(Body));

  for (BlockDecl::capture_const_iterator ci = BSI->TheDecl->capture_begin(),
       ce = BSI->TheDecl->capture_end(); ci != ce; ++ci) {
    const VarDecl *variable = ci->getVariable();
    QualType T = variable->getType();
    QualType::DestructionKind destructKind = T.isDestructedType();
    if (destructKind != QualType::DK_none)
      getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
  }

  BlockExpr *Result = new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy);
  const AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy &WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
  PopFunctionOrBlockScope(&WP, Result->getBlockDecl(), Result);

  return Owned(Result);
}

ExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
                                        Expr *expr, ParsedType type,
                                        SourceLocation RPLoc) {
  TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
  GetTypeFromParser(type, &TInfo);
  return BuildVAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, expr, TInfo, RPLoc);
}

ExprResult Sema::BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
                                Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
                                SourceLocation RPLoc) {
  Expr *OrigExpr = E;

  // Get the va_list type
  QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
  if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
    // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
    // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
    // a pointer for va_arg.
    VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
    // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
    ExprResult Result = UsualUnaryConversions(E);
    if (Result.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();
    E = Result.take();
  } else {
    // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
    // it is modified by va_arg.
    if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
        CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
      return ExprError();
  }

  if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
      !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
    return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
                         diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
      << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
  }

  if (!TInfo->getType()->isDependentType()) {
    if (RequireCompleteType(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TInfo->getType(),
          PDiag(diag::err_second_parameter_to_va_arg_incomplete)
          << TInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange()))
      return ExprError();

    if (RequireNonAbstractType(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
          TInfo->getType(),
          PDiag(diag::err_second_parameter_to_va_arg_abstract)
          << TInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange()))
      return ExprError();

    if (!TInfo->getType().isPODType(Context))
      Diag(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
          diag::warn_second_parameter_to_va_arg_not_pod)
        << TInfo->getType()
        << TInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();

    // Check for va_arg where arguments of the given type will be promoted
    // (i.e. this va_arg is guaranteed to have undefined behavior).
    QualType PromoteType;
    if (TInfo->getType()->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
      PromoteType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(TInfo->getType());
      if (Context.typesAreCompatible(PromoteType, TInfo->getType()))
        PromoteType = QualType();
    }
    if (TInfo->getType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float))
      PromoteType = Context.DoubleTy;
    if (!PromoteType.isNull())
      Diag(TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
          diag::warn_second_parameter_to_va_arg_never_compatible)
        << TInfo->getType()
        << PromoteType
        << TInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
  }

  QualType T = TInfo->getType().getNonLValueExprType(Context);
  return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, TInfo, RPLoc, T));
}

ExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
  // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
  // pointers on the target.
  QualType Ty;
  unsigned pw = Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0);
  if (pw == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
    Ty = Context.IntTy;
  else if (pw == Context.Target.getLongWidth())
    Ty = Context.LongTy;
  else if (pw == Context.Target.getLongLongWidth())
    Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
  else {
    assert(!"I don't know size of pointer!");
    Ty = Context.IntTy;
  }

  return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
}

static void MakeObjCStringLiteralFixItHint(Sema& SemaRef, QualType DstType,
                                           Expr *SrcExpr, FixItHint &Hint) {
  if (!SemaRef.getLangOptions().ObjC1)
    return;

  const ObjCObjectPointerType *PT = DstType->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
  if (!PT)
    return;

  // Check if the destination is of type 'id'.
  if (!PT->isObjCIdType()) {
    // Check if the destination is the 'NSString' interface.
    const ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = PT->getInterfaceDecl();
    if (!ID || !ID->getIdentifier()->isStr("NSString"))
      return;
  }

  // Strip off any parens and casts.
  StringLiteral *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(SrcExpr->IgnoreParenCasts());
  if (!SL || SL->isWide())
    return;

  Hint = FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SL->getLocStart(), "@");
}

bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
                                    SourceLocation Loc,
                                    QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
                                    Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action,
                                    bool *Complained) {
  if (Complained)
    *Complained = false;

  // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
  bool CheckInferredResultType = false;
  bool isInvalid = false;
  unsigned DiagKind;
  FixItHint Hint;

  switch (ConvTy) {
  default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
  case Compatible: return false;
  case PointerToInt:
    DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
    break;
  case IntToPointer:
    DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
    break;
  case IncompatiblePointer:
    MakeObjCStringLiteralFixItHint(*this, DstType, SrcExpr, Hint);
    DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
    CheckInferredResultType = DstType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
      SrcType->isObjCObjectPointerType();
    break;
  case IncompatiblePointerSign:
    DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
    break;
  case FunctionVoidPointer:
    DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
    break;
  case IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers: {
    // Perform array-to-pointer decay if necessary.
    if (SrcType->isArrayType()) SrcType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(SrcType);

    Qualifiers lhq = SrcType->getPointeeType().getQualifiers();
    Qualifiers rhq = DstType->getPointeeType().getQualifiers();
    if (lhq.getAddressSpace() != rhq.getAddressSpace()) {
      DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_incompatible_address_space;
      break;


    } else if (lhq.getObjCLifetime() != rhq.getObjCLifetime()) {
      DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_incompatible_ownership;
      break;
    }

    llvm_unreachable("unknown error case for discarding qualifiers!");
    // fallthrough
  }
  case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
    // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
    // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
    // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2).  FIXME:
    // Ideally, this check would be performed in
    // checkPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
    // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
    // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
    // of a larger effort to fix checkPointerTypesForAssignment for
    // C++ semantics.
    if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
        IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
      return false;
    DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
    break;
  case IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers:
    DiagKind = diag::ext_nested_pointer_qualifier_mismatch;
    break;
  case IntToBlockPointer:
    DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
    break;
  case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
    DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
    break;
  case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
    // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
    // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
    DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
    break;
  case IncompatibleVectors:
    DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
    break;
  case IncompatibleObjCWeakRef:
    DiagKind = diag::err_arc_weak_unavailable_assign;
    break;
  case Incompatible:
    DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
    isInvalid = true;
    break;
  }

  QualType FirstType, SecondType;
  switch (Action) {
  case AA_Assigning:
  case AA_Initializing:
    // The destination type comes first.
    FirstType = DstType;
    SecondType = SrcType;
    break;

  case AA_Returning:
  case AA_Passing:
  case AA_Converting:
  case AA_Sending:
  case AA_Casting:
    // The source type comes first.
    FirstType = SrcType;
    SecondType = DstType;
    break;
  }

  Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << FirstType << SecondType << Action
    << SrcExpr->getSourceRange() << Hint;
  if (CheckInferredResultType)
    EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(SrcExpr);

  if (Complained)
    *Complained = true;
  return isInvalid;
}

bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
  llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
  if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
    if (Result)
      *Result = ICEResult;
    return false;
  }

  Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;

  if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
      EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
    Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();

    if (EvalResult.Diag) {
      // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
      // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
      if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
          E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
        Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
    }

    return true;
  }

  Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
    E->getSourceRange();

  if (EvalResult.Diag &&
      Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice, EvalResult.DiagLoc)
          != Diagnostic::Ignored)
    Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);

  if (Result)
    *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
  return false;
}

void
Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
  ExprEvalContexts.push_back(
             ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(NewContext,
                                               ExprTemporaries.size(),
                                               ExprNeedsCleanups));
  ExprNeedsCleanups = false;
}

void
Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext() {
  // Pop the current expression evaluation context off the stack.
  ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord Rec = ExprEvalContexts.back();
  ExprEvalContexts.pop_back();

  if (Rec.Context == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
    if (Rec.PotentiallyReferenced) {
      // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
      // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
      // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
      for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator
             I = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->begin(),
             IEnd = Rec.PotentiallyReferenced->end();
           I != IEnd; ++I)
        MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
    }

    if (Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed) {
      // Emit any pending diagnostics.
      for (PotentiallyEmittedDiagnostics::iterator
                I = Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed->begin(),
             IEnd = Rec.PotentiallyDiagnosed->end();
           I != IEnd; ++I)
        Diag(I->first, I->second);
    }
  }

  // When are coming out of an unevaluated context, clear out any
  // temporaries that we may have created as part of the evaluation of
  // the expression in that context: they aren't relevant because they
  // will never be constructed.
  if (Rec.Context == Unevaluated) {
    ExprTemporaries.erase(ExprTemporaries.begin() + Rec.NumTemporaries,
                          ExprTemporaries.end());
    ExprNeedsCleanups = Rec.ParentNeedsCleanups;

  // Otherwise, merge the contexts together.
  } else {
    ExprNeedsCleanups |= Rec.ParentNeedsCleanups;
  }

  // Destroy the popped expression evaluation record.
  Rec.Destroy();
}

void Sema::DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext() {
  ExprTemporaries.erase(
              ExprTemporaries.begin() + ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTemporaries,
              ExprTemporaries.end());
  ExprNeedsCleanups = false;
}

/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
///
/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
///
/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
///
/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
  assert(D && "No declaration?");

  D->setReferenced();

  if (D->isUsed(false))
    return;

  // Mark a parameter or variable declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
  // template or not. The reason for this is that unevaluated expressions
  // (e.g. (void)sizeof()) constitute a use for warning purposes (-Wunused-variables and
  // -Wunused-parameters)
  if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) ||
      (isa<VarDecl>(D) && D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())) {
    D->setUsed();
    return;
  }

  if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) && !isa<FunctionDecl>(D))
    return;

  // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
  // an instantiation.
  if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
    return;

  switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) {
    case Unevaluated:
      // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
      return;

    case PotentiallyEvaluated:
      // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
      // "used"; handle this below.
      break;

    case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
      // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
      // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
      // potentially evaluated.
      ExprEvalContexts.back().addReferencedDecl(Loc, D);
      return;

    case PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed:
      // Referenced declarations will only be used if the construct in the
      // containing expression is used.
      return;
  }

  // Note that this declaration has been used.
  if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
    if (Constructor->isDefaulted() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
      if (Constructor->isTrivial())
        return;
      if (!Constructor->isUsed(false))
        DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
    } else if (Constructor->isDefaulted() &&
               Constructor->isCopyConstructor()) {
      if (!Constructor->isUsed(false))
        DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
    }

    MarkVTableUsed(Loc, Constructor->getParent());
  } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
    if (Destructor->isDefaulted() && !Destructor->isUsed(false))
      DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
    if (Destructor->isVirtual())
      MarkVTableUsed(Loc, Destructor->getParent());
  } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
    if (MethodDecl->isDefaulted() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
        MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
      if (!MethodDecl->isUsed(false))
        DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(Loc, MethodDecl);
    } else if (MethodDecl->isVirtual())
      MarkVTableUsed(Loc, MethodDecl->getParent());
  }
  if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
    // Recursive functions should be marked when used from another function.
    if (CurContext == Function) return;

    // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
    // class templates.
    if (Function->isImplicitlyInstantiable()) {
      bool AlreadyInstantiated = false;
      if (FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *SpecInfo
                                = Function->getTemplateSpecializationInfo()) {
        if (SpecInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
          SpecInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
        else if (SpecInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
                   == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
          AlreadyInstantiated = true;
      } else if (MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo
                                  = Function->getMemberSpecializationInfo()) {
        if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid())
          MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
        else if (MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
                   == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
          AlreadyInstantiated = true;
      }

      if (!AlreadyInstantiated) {
        if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Function->getDeclContext()) &&
            cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Function->getDeclContext())->isLocalClass())
          PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function,
                                                                      Loc));
        else
          PendingInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function, Loc));
      }
    } else {
      // Walk redefinitions, as some of them may be instantiable.
      for (FunctionDecl::redecl_iterator i(Function->redecls_begin()),
           e(Function->redecls_end()); i != e; ++i) {
        if (!i->isUsed(false) && i->isImplicitlyInstantiable())
          MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *i);
      }
    }

    // Keep track of used but undefined functions.
    if (!Function->isPure() && !Function->hasBody() &&
        Function->getLinkage() != ExternalLinkage) {
      SourceLocation &old = UndefinedInternals[Function->getCanonicalDecl()];
      if (old.isInvalid()) old = Loc;
    }

    Function->setUsed(true);
    return;
  }

  if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
    // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
    if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
        Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember()) {
      MemberSpecializationInfo *MSInfo = Var->getMemberSpecializationInfo();
      assert(MSInfo && "Missing member specialization information?");
      if (MSInfo->getPointOfInstantiation().isInvalid() &&
          MSInfo->getTemplateSpecializationKind()== TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) {
        MSInfo->setPointOfInstantiation(Loc);
        // This is a modification of an existing AST node. Notify listeners.
        if (ASTMutationListener *L = getASTMutationListener())
          L->StaticDataMemberInstantiated(Var);
        PendingInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
      }
    }

    // Keep track of used but undefined variables.  We make a hole in
    // the warning for static const data members with in-line
    // initializers.
    if (Var->hasDefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly
        && Var->getLinkage() != ExternalLinkage
        && !(Var->isStaticDataMember() && Var->hasInit())) {
      SourceLocation &old = UndefinedInternals[Var->getCanonicalDecl()];
      if (old.isInvalid()) old = Loc;
    }

    D->setUsed(true);
    return;
  }
}

namespace {
  // Mark all of the declarations referenced
  // FIXME: Not fully implemented yet! We need to have a better understanding
  // of when we're entering
  class MarkReferencedDecls : public RecursiveASTVisitor<MarkReferencedDecls> {
    Sema &S;
    SourceLocation Loc;

  public:
    typedef RecursiveASTVisitor<MarkReferencedDecls> Inherited;

    MarkReferencedDecls(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) : S(S), Loc(Loc) { }

    bool TraverseTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg);
    bool TraverseRecordType(RecordType *T);
  };
}

bool MarkReferencedDecls::TraverseTemplateArgument(
  const TemplateArgument &Arg) {
  if (Arg.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Declaration) {
    S.MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, Arg.getAsDecl());
  }

  return Inherited::TraverseTemplateArgument(Arg);
}

bool MarkReferencedDecls::TraverseRecordType(RecordType *T) {
  if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
                  = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(T->getDecl())) {
    const TemplateArgumentList &Args = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
    return TraverseTemplateArguments(Args.data(), Args.size());
  }

  return true;
}

void Sema::MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
  MarkReferencedDecls Marker(*this, Loc);
  Marker.TraverseType(Context.getCanonicalType(T));
}

namespace {
  /// \brief Helper class that marks all of the declarations referenced by
  /// potentially-evaluated subexpressions as "referenced".
  class EvaluatedExprMarker : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<EvaluatedExprMarker> {
    Sema &S;

  public:
    typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<EvaluatedExprMarker> Inherited;

    explicit EvaluatedExprMarker(Sema &S) : Inherited(S.Context), S(S) { }

    void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
      S.MarkDeclarationReferenced(E->getLocation(), E->getDecl());
    }

    void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
      S.MarkDeclarationReferenced(E->getMemberLoc(), E->getMemberDecl());
      Inherited::VisitMemberExpr(E);
    }

    void VisitCXXNewExpr(CXXNewExpr *E) {
      if (E->getConstructor())
        S.MarkDeclarationReferenced(E->getLocStart(), E->getConstructor());
      if (E->getOperatorNew())
        S.MarkDeclarationReferenced(E->getLocStart(), E->getOperatorNew());
      if (E->getOperatorDelete())
        S.MarkDeclarationReferenced(E->getLocStart(), E->getOperatorDelete());
      Inherited::VisitCXXNewExpr(E);
    }

    void VisitCXXDeleteExpr(CXXDeleteExpr *E) {
      if (E->getOperatorDelete())
        S.MarkDeclarationReferenced(E->getLocStart(), E->getOperatorDelete());
      QualType Destroyed = S.Context.getBaseElementType(E->getDestroyedType());
      if (const RecordType *DestroyedRec = Destroyed->getAs<RecordType>()) {
        CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DestroyedRec->getDecl());
        S.MarkDeclarationReferenced(E->getLocStart(),
                                    S.LookupDestructor(Record));
      }

      Inherited::VisitCXXDeleteExpr(E);
    }

    void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) {
      S.MarkDeclarationReferenced(E->getLocStart(), E->getConstructor());
      Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E);
    }

    void VisitBlockDeclRefExpr(BlockDeclRefExpr *E) {
      S.MarkDeclarationReferenced(E->getLocation(), E->getDecl());
    }

    void VisitCXXDefaultArgExpr(CXXDefaultArgExpr *E) {
      Visit(E->getExpr());
    }
  };
}

/// \brief Mark any declarations that appear within this expression or any
/// potentially-evaluated subexpressions as "referenced".
void Sema::MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E) {
  EvaluatedExprMarker(*this).Visit(E);
}

/// \brief Emit a diagnostic that describes an effect on the run-time behavior
/// of the program being compiled.
///
/// This routine emits the given diagnostic when the code currently being
/// type-checked is "potentially evaluated", meaning that there is a
/// possibility that the code will actually be executable. Code in sizeof()
/// expressions, code used only during overload resolution, etc., are not
/// potentially evaluated. This routine will suppress such diagnostics or,
/// in the absolutely nutty case of potentially potentially evaluated
/// expressions (C++ typeid), queue the diagnostic to potentially emit it
/// later.
///
/// This routine should be used for all diagnostics that describe the run-time
/// behavior of a program, such as passing a non-POD value through an ellipsis.
/// Failure to do so will likely result in spurious diagnostics or failures
/// during overload resolution or within sizeof/alignof/typeof/typeid.
bool Sema::DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *stmt,
                               const PartialDiagnostic &PD) {
  switch (ExprEvalContexts.back().Context) {
  case Unevaluated:
    // The argument will never be evaluated, so don't complain.
    break;

  case PotentiallyEvaluated:
  case PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed:
    if (stmt && getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
      FunctionScopes.back()->PossiblyUnreachableDiags.
        push_back(sema::PossiblyUnreachableDiag(PD, Loc, stmt));
    }
    else
      Diag(Loc, PD);

    return true;

  case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
    ExprEvalContexts.back().addDiagnostic(Loc, PD);
    break;
  }

  return false;
}

bool Sema::CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
                               CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD) {
  if (ReturnType->isVoidType() || !ReturnType->isIncompleteType())
    return false;

  PartialDiagnostic Note =
    FD ? PDiag(diag::note_function_with_incomplete_return_type_declared_here)
    << FD->getDeclName() : PDiag();
  SourceLocation NoteLoc = FD ? FD->getLocation() : SourceLocation();

  if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, ReturnType,
                          FD ?
                          PDiag(diag::err_call_function_incomplete_return)
                            << CE->getSourceRange() << FD->getDeclName() :
                          PDiag(diag::err_call_incomplete_return)
                            << CE->getSourceRange(),
                          std::make_pair(NoteLoc, Note)))
    return true;

  return false;
}

// Diagnose the s/=/==/ and s/\|=/!=/ typos. Note that adding parentheses
// will prevent this condition from triggering, which is what we want.
void Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E) {
  SourceLocation Loc;

  unsigned diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_assignment;
  bool IsOrAssign = false;

  if (isa<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
    BinaryOperator *Op = cast<BinaryOperator>(E);
    if (Op->getOpcode() != BO_Assign && Op->getOpcode() != BO_OrAssign)
      return;

    IsOrAssign = Op->getOpcode() == BO_OrAssign;

    // Greylist some idioms by putting them into a warning subcategory.
    if (ObjCMessageExpr *ME
          = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(Op->getRHS()->IgnoreParenCasts())) {
      Selector Sel = ME->getSelector();

      // self = [<foo> init...]
      if (isSelfExpr(Op->getLHS()) && Sel.getNameForSlot(0).startswith("init"))
        diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;

      // <foo> = [<bar> nextObject]
      else if (Sel.isUnarySelector() && Sel.getNameForSlot(0) == "nextObject")
        diagnostic = diag::warn_condition_is_idiomatic_assignment;
    }

    Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
  } else if (isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E)) {
    CXXOperatorCallExpr *Op = cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(E);
    if (Op->getOperator() != OO_Equal && Op->getOperator() != OO_PipeEqual)
      return;

    IsOrAssign = Op->getOperator() == OO_PipeEqual;
    Loc = Op->getOperatorLoc();
  } else {
    // Not an assignment.
    return;
  }

  Diag(Loc, diagnostic) << E->getSourceRange();

  SourceLocation Open = E->getSourceRange().getBegin();
  SourceLocation Close = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(E->getSourceRange().getEnd());
  Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_assign_silence)
        << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Open, "(")
        << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Close, ")");

  if (IsOrAssign)
    Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_or_assign_to_comparison)
      << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "!=");
  else
    Diag(Loc, diag::note_condition_assign_to_comparison)
      << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "==");
}

/// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate
/// that the user intended an assignment used as condition.
void Sema::DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *parenE) {
  // Don't warn if the parens came from a macro.
  SourceLocation parenLoc = parenE->getLocStart();
  if (parenLoc.isInvalid() || parenLoc.isMacroID())
    return;
  // Don't warn for dependent expressions.
  if (parenE->isTypeDependent())
    return;

  Expr *E = parenE->IgnoreParens();

  if (BinaryOperator *opE = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E))
    if (opE->getOpcode() == BO_EQ &&
        opE->getLHS()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()->isModifiableLvalue(Context)
                                                           == Expr::MLV_Valid) {
      SourceLocation Loc = opE->getOperatorLoc();

      Diag(Loc, diag::warn_equality_with_extra_parens) << E->getSourceRange();
      Diag(Loc, diag::note_equality_comparison_silence)
        << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(parenE->getSourceRange().getBegin())
        << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(parenE->getSourceRange().getEnd());
      Diag(Loc, diag::note_equality_comparison_to_assign)
        << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, "=");
    }
}

ExprResult Sema::CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) {
  DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(E);
  if (ParenExpr *parenE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E))
    DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(parenE);

  ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E);
  if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
  E = result.take();

  if (!E->isTypeDependent()) {
    if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
      return CheckCXXBooleanCondition(E); // C++ 6.4p4

    ExprResult ERes = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E);
    if (ERes.isInvalid())
      return ExprError();
    E = ERes.take();

    QualType T = E->getType();
    if (!T->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.8.4.1p1
      Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_statement_requires_scalar)
        << T << E->getSourceRange();
      return ExprError();
    }
  }

  return Owned(E);
}

ExprResult Sema::ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
                                       Expr *Sub) {
  if (!Sub)
    return ExprError();

  return CheckBooleanCondition(Sub, Loc);
}

namespace {
  /// A visitor for rebuilding a call to an __unknown_any expression
  /// to have an appropriate type.
  struct RebuildUnknownAnyFunction
    : StmtVisitor<RebuildUnknownAnyFunction, ExprResult> {

    Sema &S;

    RebuildUnknownAnyFunction(Sema &S) : S(S) {}

    ExprResult VisitStmt(Stmt *S) {
      llvm_unreachable("unexpected statement!");
      return ExprError();
    }

    ExprResult VisitExpr(Expr *expr) {
      S.Diag(expr->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_call)
        << expr->getSourceRange();
      return ExprError();
    }

    /// Rebuild an expression which simply semantically wraps another
    /// expression which it shares the type and value kind of.
    template <class T> ExprResult rebuildSugarExpr(T *expr) {
      ExprResult subResult = Visit(expr->getSubExpr());
      if (subResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError();

      Expr *subExpr = subResult.take();
      expr->setSubExpr(subExpr);
      expr->setType(subExpr->getType());
      expr->setValueKind(subExpr->getValueKind());
      assert(expr->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
      return expr;
    }

    ExprResult VisitParenExpr(ParenExpr *paren) {
      return rebuildSugarExpr(paren);
    }

    ExprResult VisitUnaryExtension(UnaryOperator *op) {
      return rebuildSugarExpr(op);
    }

    ExprResult VisitUnaryAddrOf(UnaryOperator *op) {
      ExprResult subResult = Visit(op->getSubExpr());
      if (subResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError();

      Expr *subExpr = subResult.take();
      op->setSubExpr(subExpr);
      op->setType(S.Context.getPointerType(subExpr->getType()));
      assert(op->getValueKind() == VK_RValue);
      assert(op->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
      return op;
    }

    ExprResult resolveDecl(Expr *expr, ValueDecl *decl) {
      if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(decl)) return VisitExpr(expr);

      expr->setType(decl->getType());

      assert(expr->getValueKind() == VK_RValue);
      if (S.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
          !(isa<CXXMethodDecl>(decl) &&
            cast<CXXMethodDecl>(decl)->isInstance()))
        expr->setValueKind(VK_LValue);

      return expr;
    }

    ExprResult VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *mem) {
      return resolveDecl(mem, mem->getMemberDecl());
    }

    ExprResult VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *ref) {
      return resolveDecl(ref, ref->getDecl());
    }
  };
}

/// Given a function expression of unknown-any type, try to rebuild it
/// to have a function type.
static ExprResult rebuildUnknownAnyFunction(Sema &S, Expr *fn) {
  ExprResult result = RebuildUnknownAnyFunction(S).Visit(fn);
  if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
  return S.DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(result.take());
}

namespace {
  /// A visitor for rebuilding an expression of type __unknown_anytype
  /// into one which resolves the type directly on the referring
  /// expression.  Strict preservation of the original source
  /// structure is not a goal.
  struct RebuildUnknownAnyExpr
    : StmtVisitor<RebuildUnknownAnyExpr, ExprResult> {

    Sema &S;

    /// The current destination type.
    QualType DestType;

    RebuildUnknownAnyExpr(Sema &S, QualType castType)
      : S(S), DestType(castType) {}

    ExprResult VisitStmt(Stmt *S) {
      llvm_unreachable("unexpected statement!");
      return ExprError();
    }

    ExprResult VisitExpr(Expr *expr) {
      S.Diag(expr->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_expr)
        << expr->getSourceRange();
      return ExprError();
    }

    ExprResult VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *call);
    ExprResult VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *message);

    /// Rebuild an expression which simply semantically wraps another
    /// expression which it shares the type and value kind of.
    template <class T> ExprResult rebuildSugarExpr(T *expr) {
      ExprResult subResult = Visit(expr->getSubExpr());
      if (subResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
      Expr *subExpr = subResult.take();
      expr->setSubExpr(subExpr);
      expr->setType(subExpr->getType());
      expr->setValueKind(subExpr->getValueKind());
      assert(expr->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
      return expr;
    }

    ExprResult VisitParenExpr(ParenExpr *paren) {
      return rebuildSugarExpr(paren);
    }

    ExprResult VisitUnaryExtension(UnaryOperator *op) {
      return rebuildSugarExpr(op);
    }

    ExprResult VisitUnaryAddrOf(UnaryOperator *op) {
      const PointerType *ptr = DestType->getAs<PointerType>();
      if (!ptr) {
        S.Diag(op->getOperatorLoc(), diag::err_unknown_any_addrof)
          << op->getSourceRange();
        return ExprError();
      }
      assert(op->getValueKind() == VK_RValue);
      assert(op->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);
      op->setType(DestType);

      // Build the sub-expression as if it were an object of the pointee type.
      DestType = ptr->getPointeeType();
      ExprResult subResult = Visit(op->getSubExpr());
      if (subResult.isInvalid()) return ExprError();
      op->setSubExpr(subResult.take());
      return op;
    }

    ExprResult VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *ice);

    ExprResult resolveDecl(Expr *expr, ValueDecl *decl);

    ExprResult VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *mem) {
      return resolveDecl(mem, mem->getMemberDecl());
    }

    ExprResult VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *ref) {
      return resolveDecl(ref, ref->getDecl());
    }
  };
}

/// Rebuilds a call expression which yielded __unknown_anytype.
ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *call) {
  Expr *callee = call->getCallee();

  enum FnKind {
    FK_MemberFunction,
    FK_FunctionPointer,
    FK_BlockPointer
  };

  FnKind kind;
  QualType type = callee->getType();
  if (type == S.Context.BoundMemberTy) {
    assert(isa<CXXMemberCallExpr>(call) || isa<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(call));
    kind = FK_MemberFunction;
    type = Expr::findBoundMemberType(callee);
  } else if (const PointerType *ptr = type->getAs<PointerType>()) {
    type = ptr->getPointeeType();
    kind = FK_FunctionPointer;
  } else {
    type = type->castAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
    kind = FK_BlockPointer;
  }
  const FunctionType *fnType = type->castAs<FunctionType>();

  // Verify that this is a legal result type of a function.
  if (DestType->isArrayType() || DestType->isFunctionType()) {
    unsigned diagID = diag::err_func_returning_array_function;
    if (kind == FK_BlockPointer)
      diagID = diag::err_block_returning_array_function;

    S.Diag(call->getExprLoc(), diagID)
      << DestType->isFunctionType() << DestType;
    return ExprError();
  }

  // Otherwise, go ahead and set DestType as the call's result.
  call->setType(DestType.getNonLValueExprType(S.Context));
  call->setValueKind(Expr::getValueKindForType(DestType));
  assert(call->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);

  // Rebuild the function type, replacing the result type with DestType.
  if (const FunctionProtoType *proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(fnType))
    DestType = S.Context.getFunctionType(DestType,
                                         proto->arg_type_begin(),
                                         proto->getNumArgs(),
                                         proto->getExtProtoInfo());
  else
    DestType = S.Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(DestType,
                                                fnType->getExtInfo());

  // Rebuild the appropriate pointer-to-function type.
  switch (kind) {
  case FK_MemberFunction:
    // Nothing to do.
    break;

  case FK_FunctionPointer:
    DestType = S.Context.getPointerType(DestType);
    break;

  case FK_BlockPointer:
    DestType = S.Context.getBlockPointerType(DestType);
    break;
  }

  // Finally, we can recurse.
  ExprResult calleeResult = Visit(callee);
  if (!calleeResult.isUsable()) return ExprError();
  call->setCallee(calleeResult.take());

  // Bind a temporary if necessary.
  return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(call);
}

ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *msg) {
  // Verify that this is a legal result type of a call.
  if (DestType->isArrayType() || DestType->isFunctionType()) {
    S.Diag(msg->getExprLoc(), diag::err_func_returning_array_function)
      << DestType->isFunctionType() << DestType;
    return ExprError();
  }

  // Rewrite the method result type if available.
  if (ObjCMethodDecl *method = msg->getMethodDecl()) {
    assert(method->getResultType() == S.Context.UnknownAnyTy);
    method->setResultType(DestType);
  }

  // Change the type of the message.
  msg->setType(DestType.getNonReferenceType());
  msg->setValueKind(Expr::getValueKindForType(DestType));

  return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(msg);
}

ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *ice) {
  // The only case we should ever see here is a function-to-pointer decay.
  assert(ice->getCastKind() == CK_FunctionToPointerDecay);
  assert(ice->getValueKind() == VK_RValue);
  assert(ice->getObjectKind() == OK_Ordinary);

  ice->setType(DestType);

  // Rebuild the sub-expression as the pointee (function) type.
  DestType = DestType->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();

  ExprResult result = Visit(ice->getSubExpr());
  if (!result.isUsable()) return ExprError();

  ice->setSubExpr(result.take());
  return S.Owned(ice);
}

ExprResult RebuildUnknownAnyExpr::resolveDecl(Expr *expr, ValueDecl *decl) {
  ExprValueKind valueKind = VK_LValue;
  QualType type = DestType;

  // We know how to make this work for certain kinds of decls:

  //  - functions
  if (FunctionDecl *fn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(decl)) {
    // This is true because FunctionDecls must always have function
    // type, so we can't be resolving the entire thing at once.
    assert(type->isFunctionType());

    if (CXXMethodDecl *method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(fn))
      if (method->isInstance()) {
        valueKind = VK_RValue;
        type = S.Context.BoundMemberTy;
      }

    // Function references aren't l-values in C.
    if (!S.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
      valueKind = VK_RValue;

  //  - variables
  } else if (isa<VarDecl>(decl)) {
    if (const ReferenceType *refTy = type->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
      type = refTy->getPointeeType();
    } else if (type->isFunctionType()) {
      S.Diag(expr->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unknown_any_var_function_type)
        << decl << expr->getSourceRange();
      return ExprError();
    }

  //  - nothing else
  } else {
    S.Diag(expr->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_decl)
      << decl << expr->getSourceRange();
    return ExprError();
  }

  decl->setType(DestType);
  expr->setType(type);
  expr->setValueKind(valueKind);
  return S.Owned(expr);
}

/// Check a cast of an unknown-any type.  We intentionally only
/// trigger this for C-style casts.
ExprResult Sema::checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange typeRange, QualType castType,
                                     Expr *castExpr, CastKind &castKind,
                                     ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &path) {
  // Rewrite the casted expression from scratch.
  ExprResult result = RebuildUnknownAnyExpr(*this, castType).Visit(castExpr);
  if (!result.isUsable()) return ExprError();

  castExpr = result.take();
  VK = castExpr->getValueKind();
  castKind = CK_NoOp;

  return castExpr;
}

static ExprResult diagnoseUnknownAnyExpr(Sema &S, Expr *e) {
  Expr *orig = e;
  unsigned diagID = diag::err_uncasted_use_of_unknown_any;
  while (true) {
    e = e->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
    if (CallExpr *call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(e)) {
      e = call->getCallee();
      diagID = diag::err_uncasted_call_of_unknown_any;
    } else {
      break;
    }
  }

  SourceLocation loc;
  NamedDecl *d;
  if (DeclRefExpr *ref = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(e)) {
    loc = ref->getLocation();
    d = ref->getDecl();
  } else if (MemberExpr *mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(e)) {
    loc = mem->getMemberLoc();
    d = mem->getMemberDecl();
  } else if (ObjCMessageExpr *msg = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(e)) {
    diagID = diag::err_uncasted_call_of_unknown_any;
    loc = msg->getSelectorLoc();
    d = msg->getMethodDecl();
    assert(d && "unknown method returning __unknown_any?");
  } else {
    S.Diag(e->getExprLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_unknown_any_expr)
      << e->getSourceRange();
    return ExprError();
  }

  S.Diag(loc, diagID) << d << orig->getSourceRange();

  // Never recoverable.
  return ExprError();
}

/// Check for operands with placeholder types and complain if found.
/// Returns true if there was an error and no recovery was possible.
ExprResult Sema::CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E) {
  // Placeholder types are always *exactly* the appropriate builtin type.
  QualType type = E->getType();

  // Overloaded expressions.
  if (type == Context.OverloadTy)
    return ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(E, false, true,
                                                           E->getSourceRange(),
                                                             QualType(),
                                                   diag::err_ovl_unresolvable);

  // Bound member functions.
  if (type == Context.BoundMemberTy) {
    Diag(E->getLocStart(), diag::err_invalid_use_of_bound_member_func)
      << E->getSourceRange();
    return ExprError();
  }

  // Expressions of unknown type.
  if (type == Context.UnknownAnyTy)
    return diagnoseUnknownAnyExpr(*this, E);

  assert(!type->isPlaceholderType());
  return Owned(E);
}

bool Sema::CheckCaseExpression(Expr *expr) {
  if (expr->isTypeDependent())
    return true;
  if (expr->isValueDependent() || expr->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context))
    return expr->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType();
  return false;
}